Skip to main content

Full text of "Phylogenetic relationships and classification of the major lineages of Apoidea (Hymenoptera) : with emphasis on the crabronid wasps"

See other formats


QL 
568 
.S7 
M35 
1999 


Scientific  Papers 


Natural  History  Museum 
The  University  of  Kansas 


10  December  1999  Number  14:1-55 

Phylogenetic  Relationships  and  Classification  of  the 

Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea  (Hymenoptera), 

with  Emphasis  on  the  Crabronid  Wasps1 

By 

Gabriel  A.  R.  Melo2 

Division  of  Entomology,  Natural  History  Museum 
The  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66045,  USA 


CONTENTS 

ABSTRACT 2 

INTRODUCTION 2 

Classification  and  Phylogenetic  Relationships  within  the  Apoidea 2 

The  Present  Study 4 

Acknowledgments 4 

MATERIAL  AND  METHODS 4 

Selection  of  Representative  Taxa 4 

Dissection  of  Adult  Specimens 6 

Character  Selection  and  Delimitation 6 

Terminology 8 

Larval  and  Behavioral  Characters 8 

Data  Analysis 8 

CHARACTERS  AND  CODES  FOR  THEIR  STATES II 

RESULTS 23 

DISCUSSION 23 

Choice  of  Analytical  Method 23 

Apoidea  and  its  basal  clades 26 

Heterogynaidae 34 

Ampulicidae 34 


'Contribution  Number  3234  from  the  Snow  Entomological  Division.  Natural  History  Museum,  and  Department  of  Entomology,  The  University  of 

Kansas. 

-Present  address:  Departamento  de  Biologia,  FFCLRP.Universidade  de  Sao  Paulo.  Av.  Bandeirantes  3900.14040-901,  Ribeirao  Preto,  SP,  Brazil. 

©  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas  ISSN  No.  1094-0782 


QL 
568 

.S7 
M3  5 

1999 


Scientific  Papers 


Natural  History  Museum 
The  University  of  Kansas 


10  December  1999  Number  14:1-55 

Phylogenetic  Relationships  and  Classification  of  the 

Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea  (Hymenoptera), 

with  Emphasis  on  the  Crabronid  Wasps1 

By 

Gabriel  A.  R.  Melo2 

Division  of  Entomology,  Natural  History  Museum 
The  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66045,  USA 


CONTENTS 

ABSTRACT 2 

INTRODUCTION 2 

Classification  and  Phylogenetic  Relationships  within  the  Apoidea 2 

The  Present  Study 4 

Acknowledgments 4 

MATERIAL  AND  METHODS 4 

Selection  of  Representative  Taxa 4 

Dissection  of  Adult  Specimens 6 

Character  Selection  and  Delimitation 6 

Terminology...^ 8 

Larval  and  Behavioral  Characters 8 

Data  Analysis 8 

CHARACTERS  AND  CODES  FOR  THEIR  STATES 11 

RESULTS 23 

DISCUSSION 23 

Choice  of  Analytical  Method 23 

Apoidea  and  its  basal  clades 26 

Heterogynaidae 34 

Ampulicidae 34 


'Contribution  Number  3234  from  the  Snow  Entomological  Division.  Natural  History  Museum,  and  Department  of  Entomology,  The  University  of 
Kansas. 

;Present  address:  Departamento  de  Biologia,  FFCLRP.Universidade  de  Sao  Paulo.  Av.  Bandeirantes  3900.14040-901,  Ribeirao  Preto,  SP,  Brazil. 

©  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas  ISSN  No.  1094-0782 


2  Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 

sphecidae  (sensu  str1cto)  +  [apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  crabronidae] 35 

Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto) 36 

Apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  Crabronidae 36 

Apic/.e  (sensu  lato) 38 

CRABRON.DAE 38 

LITERATURE  CITED 43 

APPENDIX  (Figures  10-82) /ARD 46 

ABSTRACT  The  superfamily  Apoidea  is  one  of  the  three  major  groups  of  Hymenoptera  Aculeata, 
being  composed  of  the  sphecoid  wasps,  the  bees,  and  the  Heterogynaidae,  a  small  and  poorly  known 
group  of  wasps.  The  phylogenetic  relationships  among  the  major  lineages  of  apoids  were  investigated 
using  130  characters  from  the  morphology  of  the  adult  insects,  six  from  larval  morphology,  and  three 
characters  from  adult  behavior.  These  139  characters  were  analyzed  under  three  parsimony  methods: 
equal  weighting,  implied  weighting,  and  successive  weighting.  Different  phylogenetic  hypotheses 
were  produced  by  each  method  (55  trees  under  equal  weighting,  four  trees  under  implied  weighting, 
and  one  tree  under  successive  weighting,  for  analyses  including  all  54  exemplar  taxa).  The  results 
from  implied  weighting  are  favored  over  those  of  the  other  two  methods  and  are  used  to  propose  a 
higher  level  classification  for  the  Apoidea.  Heterogynaidae  and  Ampulicidae  constitute  the  most  basal 
apoid  clades;  however,  the  position  of  Heterogynaidae  remains  ambiguous:  in  three  implied  weight- 
ing-trees, it  comes  out  as  the  sister  group  of  Ampulicidae  and  in  the  fourth  as  the  sister  group  of  the 
remaining  Apoidea,  excluding  Ampulicidae.  The  remaining  families  recognized  and  their  relation- 
ships are:  [Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  +  [Apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  Crabronidae]].  Only  five  subfamilies  of 
Crabronidae  are  recognized:  Astatinae,  with  the  tribes  Astatini,  Eremiasphecini  and  Ammoplanini; 
Bembicinae;  Crabroninae  (including  the  genera  Dinettes,  Laphyragogus,  Mellinus  and  Xenosphex); 
Pemphredoninae,  with  the  tribes  Psenini  (including  the  genera  Odontosphex  and  Entomosericus)  and 
Pemphredonini;  and  the  Philanthinae. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  superfamily  Apoidea  is  one  of  the  three  major  since  1974  and  new  studies,  in  particular  Carpenter's  (1986) 
clades  of  the  Aculeata  Hymenoptera  (Brothers  1975,  Gauld  investigation  on  the  Chrysidoidea  (=  Brothers' 
and  Bolton  1988,  Brothers  and  Carpenter  1993).  A  peculiar  Bethyloidea).  Their  results  largely  support  the  phyloge- 
difference  exhibited  by  aculeate  females  in  relation  to  the  netic  patterns  found  in  these  two  previous  works,  includ- 
remaining  Hymenoptera  is  their  modified  ovipositor,  no  ing  the  three  major  lineages  of  Brothers  (1975).  The  now 
longer  used  for  laying  eggs,  but  only  as  a  sting  to  inject  widely  accepted  superfamilial  classification  for  the 
venom  into  the  host  or  prey,  as  well  as  into  potential  at-  Aculeata  proposed  by  Brothers  (1975)  is  based  on  the  rec- 
tackers  (defensive  function).  As  in  many  groups  of  para-  ognition  of  these  three  lineages,  i.e.  Chrysidoidea,  Apoidea 
sitic  Hymenoptera,  females  of  most  aculeate  lineages  be-  and  Vespoidea.  Chrysidoidea,  the  basal  clade  of  the 
have  as  idiobiont  parasitoids,  i.e.,  upon  finding  a  suitable  Aculeata,  contains  small  wasps  most  of  which  behave  as 
host,  usually  concealed  in  protected  places,  the  female  parasitoids  or  sometimes  as  cleptoparasites.  Vespoidea  is 
wasp  paralyzes  it  with  its  venomous  sting  and  lays  an  egg  a  large  assemblage  of  very  distinct  aculeate  lineages;  most 
on  the  host  surface  (Gauld  and  Bolton  1988).  However,  are  parasitoids,  but  well-known  groups  like  ants  and  so- 
several  lineages  of  Aculeata  departed  from  this  ancestral  rial  paper  wasps  are  also  included, 
mode  of  life  and  have  evolved  complex  nesting  and  social 

behaviors  to  a  degree  not  paralleled  by  any  other  group  of  Classification  and  Phylogenetic  Relationships 

insects,  except  termites.  Several  aspects  of  the  biology  and  within  the  Apoidea 

evolution  of  the  aculeate  wasps  are  presented  and  dis-  The  Apoidea  is  composed  of  the  sphecoid  wasps 

cussed  by  Evans  and  West-Eberhard  (1970),  Iwata  (1976),  [Sphecidae  sensu  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)],  the  bees  and 

Gauld  and  Bolton  (1988)  and  Hanson  and  Gauld  (1995).  the  genus  Heterogyna  Nagy  (the  genera  Daycatinca  and  Daya 

The  phylogeny  of  the  major  aculeate  lineages  was  re-  are  treated  here  as  synonyms  of  Heterogyna;  see  below),  a 

cently  investigated  by  Brothers  and  Carpenter  (1993).  This  small  and  poorly  known  group  of  wasps  placed  in  a  fam- 

comprehensive  study  mostly  reevaluated  Brothers'  (1975)  ily  of  its  own  (Brothers  and  Carpenter  1993).  Most  apoids 

work,  incorporating  new  characters  systems  proposed  show  derived  life  history  traits  compared  to  the  ancestral 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


aculeate  parasitoid  behavior,  with  the  females  exhibiting 
a  high  degree  of  parental  care.  Their  host,  or  better,  the 
immature's  provisions  are  now  transported  and  concealed 
in  a  pre-existing  or  especially  built  cavity.  Construction  of 
a  nest  before  prey  capture  apparently  evolved  only  once 
in  the  Apoidea  (Melo,  in  prep.). 

The  "Sphecidae"  of  Bohart  and  Menke  forms  a  large  and 
diverse  assemblage  of  predatory  wasps,  attacking  most 
insect  orders,  as  well  as  spiders  [see  Iwata  (1976)  and 
Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  for  prey  records].  In  the  monu- 
mental revisionary  work  of  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976),  this 
group  was  divided  into  11  subfamilies:  Ampulicinae, 
Sphecinae,  Pemphredoninae,  Astatinae,  Laphyragoginae 
(containing  only  the  genus  Laphyragogus),  Larrinae, 
Crabroninae,  Entomosericinae  (containing  only 
Entomosericus),  Xenosphecinae  (containing  only 
Xenosphex),  Nyssoninae  (=  Bembicinae;  see  Menke  1997) 
and  Philanthinae.  Larrinae  and  Crabroninae  have  been 
treated  under  one  name  in  the  past  (e.g.,  Evans  1964a)  and 
more  recently,  Lomholdt  (1985)  and  Menke  (1988),  among 
others,  have  advocated  such  classification.  Alternative  clas- 
sifications, based  on  a  division  of  the  aculeate  wasps  into 
several  superfamilies,  have  recognized  a  superfamily 
Sphecoidea,  with  the  subfamilies  of  Bohart  and  Menke 
treated  as  families  (e.g.,  Krombein  1979).  Others  have  used 
only  one  superfamily  for  bees  and  sphecoid  wasps,  but 
raised  all  sphecoid  subfamilies  to  family  level  (e.g., 
Finnamore  and  Michener  1993).  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976) 
revised  all  genera  of  sphecoid  wasps  then  known,  provid- 
ing subfamilial,  tribal  and  generic  identification  keys,  as 
well  a  summary  of  the  known  aspects  of  the  biology  for 
each  genus. 

Because  of  the  distinct  feeding  habits  of  bees  compared 
to  other  aculeates,  including  sphecoid  wasps,  the  older 
Linnaean  classifications  for  the  Aculeata  always  had  bees 
and  sphecoid  wasps  in  separate  higher  categories.  The 
sphecoid  wasps  were  usually  among  a  large  group  of  fos- 
sorial  wasps  (e.g.,  Shuckard  1837)  and  the  bees,  like  the 
ants,  were  not  recognized  as  having  any  clear  links  to  a 
particular  group.  Despite  relatively  earlier  recognition  of 
the  close  relationship  between  bees  and  sphecoid  wasps 
(Miiller  1872),  a  formal  classification  placing  these  two 
groups  into  one  superfamily  was  proposed  much  later 
(Handlirsch  1907).  Such  a  classification  received  strong 
support  from  Michener's  (1944)  study  on  the  relationships 
among  bees.  Brothers'  (1975)  study  on  the  phylogenetic 
relationships  within  the  Aculeata  provided  reliable  evi- 
dence, in  terms  of  shared  derived  features,  for  the  close 
proximity  between  bees  and  sphecoid  wasps.  Based  on  the 
phylogenetic  tree  obtained  in  his  study,  he  placed  bees  and 
sphecoid  wasps  in  his  superfamily  Sphecoidea;  Michener 
(1986)  has  shown,  however,  that  Apoidea  is  the  valid  name 


for  Brothers's  Sphecoidea.  Brothers  (1975)  also  proposed 
an  informal  division  of  the  Apoidea  into  two  groups,  the 
Spheciformes  (=  Sphecidae  sensu  Bohart  and  Menke)  and 
the  Apiformes  (bees). 

Heterogx/na  with  its  reduced  size  and  particularly  its  very 
reduced  forewing  venation  remained  an  enigmatic  group 
for  a  relatively  long  time  since  its  proposal  by  Nagy  (1969). 
This  author  clearly  had  very  confused  ideas  about  its  rela- 
tionships with  other  Aculeata  lineages,  since  he  placed  it 
in  a  large,  heterogeneous  assemblage  combining 
'Ampulicidae,  Dryinidae  and  Cleptidae'.  Brothers  (1975) 
placed  Heterogyna  in  his  plumariid  group  based  on  Nagy 
(1969).  Day  (1984),  upon  gathering  material  of  new  spe- 
cies from  Africa,  provided  convincing  evidence  that 
Heterogyna  belonged  in  the  Sphecidae  sensu  Bohart  and 
Menke,  placing  it  in  a  separate  subfamily.  Day  (1984)  also 
described  for  the  first  time  the  females,  which  are  brac- 
hypterous  and  have  a  very  unusual  morphology  compared 
to  other  sphecoid  wasps.  The  phylogenetic  analyses  by 
Alexander  (1992a)  and  especially  by  Brothers  and  Carpen- 
ter (1993)  confirmed  Day's  placement  of  Heterogyna,  and 
in  the  latter  work,  the  genus  was  assigned  to  a  separate 
family,  the  Heterogynaidae. 

Alexander  (1992a)  was  the  first  to  investigate  the  rela- 
tionships among  the  major  lineages  of  the  apoids  using 
modern  phylogenetic  methods.  His  study  combined  two 
major  sets  of  morphological  characters  used  previously  in 
determining  relationships  among  sphecoid  wasps:  Evans' 
larval  characters  [see  reviews  in  Evans  (1959a,  1964a)]  and 
Bohart  and  Menke's  (1976)  adult  characters.  One  of  the 
major  problems  of  Evans'  and  Bohart  and  Menke's  works 
is  their  assumption  that  the  major  lineages  of  "Sphecidae" 
could  be  properly  classified  without  including  bees  among 
them,  even  after  admitting  that  some  lineages  of  sphecoid 
wasps  seemed  more  closely  related  to  bees  than  to  the  rest 
of  "Sphecidae".  Before  Alexander's  (1992a)  study, 
Lomholdt  (1982)  had  already  proposed  dividing  the 
"Sphecidae"  into  two,  according  to  him,  monophyletic 
groups,  one  uniting  Sphecinae  +  Ampulicinae  and  the  other 
containing  all  the  remaining  sphecid  subfamilies,  forming 
his  Larridae,  which  he  considered  the  sister  group  of  the 
bees.  Alexander's  study  also  provided  ample  evidence  for 
the  paraphyletic  nature  of  Sphecidae  sensu  Bohart  and 
Menke;  however,  none  of  his  analyses  specifically  sup- 
ported Lomholdt's  phylogeny.  The  overall  results  of 
Alexander's  analyses  are  inconclusive  regarding  the  rela- 
tionships among  the  major  groups  of  Apoidea,  especially 
because  numerous  conflicting  relations  are  supported  by 
one  or  more  of  his  analyses.  He  was  well  aware  of  the  pre- 
liminary status  of  his  work  and  concluded  that  much  more 
remained  to  be  done. 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


The  Present  Study 

The  present  study  developed  from  an  investigation  of 
the  relationships  among  the  genera  of  the  tribe 
Pemphredonini  sensu  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976).  Early  into 
that  study  I  realized  that  their  Pemphredonini  seemed  to 
be  diphyletic,  but  proper  evaluation  of  this  question  would 
require  a  broader  investigation  of  the  relationships  among 
the  different  sphecoid  lineages.  Because  of  the  poor  reso- 
lution obtained  by  Alexander  (1992a)  when  using  mainly 
character  systems  from  previous  authors,  I  decided  to  re- 
peat his  study  but  mostly  using  original  characters  and  a 
representation  of  taxa  not  requiring  hypotheses  of  mono- 
phyly  above  the  level  of  genus  (Alexander  used  the  tribes 
recognized  by  Bohart  and  Menke).  For  obvious  reasons, 
the  Pemphredoninae  received  closer  attention  and  better 
representation.  Despite  this  bias,  I  am  confident  that  re- 
sults obtained  here  represent  a  fair  investigation  into  the 
phylogeny  of  the  major  apoid  lineages. 

The  preferred  phylogenetic  hypothesis  found  by  this 
study  is  used  to  propose  a  higher  level  classification  for 
the  Apoidea.  From  now  on,  I  will  be  using  the  classifica- 
tion proposed  here,  and  reference  to  higher  taxa  whose 
previous  definitions  conflict  with  the  ones  proposed  here 
will  be  marked  as  such. 

Acknowledgments 

The  present  work  is  part  of  my  Ph.  D.  disserta- 
tion, and  as  such,  I  would  like  to  thank  posthumously 
Byron  Alexander,  first,  for  agreeing  to  be  my  Ph.  D.  ad- 
viser and  also  for  all  his  support  and  guidance  during  my 
initial  years  of  graduate  studies  at  The  University  of  Kan- 


sas. He  was  an  outstanding  teacher,  and  I  profited  im- 
mensely from  being  his  student.  I  also  thank  all  members 
of  my  dissertation  committee,  in  particular  Charles 
Michener,  Steven  Ashe,  Deborah  Smith  and  Bryan 
Danforth  for  their  suggestions  to  the  dissertation  manu- 
script. Michener  was  very  kind  for  taking  me  as  his  stu- 
dent after  the  sudden  death  of  Alexander,  and  I  am  very 
grateful  for  his  help  and  support.  Specimens  for  this  work 
were  kindly  provided  by  several  institutions.  I  thank  in 
particular  Wojciech  Pulawski  of  the  California  Academy 
of  Sciences  for  providing  material  of  very  important  taxa, 
Robert  Brooks  for  allowing  me  to  dissect  numerous  speci- 
mens from  the  Entomology  Division  of  the  Natural  His- 
tory Museum  of  The  University  of  Kansas,  and  Michael 
Prentice  for  allowing  me  to  use  his  unpublished  data  on 
the  biology  and  larval  morphology  of  Odontosphex 
paradoxus,  as  well  as  for  calling  my  attention  to  the  close 
relationship  of  Odontosphex  and  Entomosericus  to 
Pemphredoninae.  I  also  thank  Bruce  Cutler  for  all  his  help 
with  the  work  I  carried  out  in  his  lab  and  Antonio  Marques 
for  making  available  his  Macintosh  computer.  During  most 
of  my  stay  at  The  University  of  Kansas,  I  was  financially 
supported  by  a  scholarship  from  the  Brazilian  Conselho 
Nacional  de  Desenvolvimento  Cientifico  e  Tecnologico 
(CNPq)  (200233/92-0).  Thanks  to  Steven  Ashe  and  Robert 
Brooks,  I  was  supported  by  a  curatorial  assistantship  from 
the  Natural  History  Museum  during  my  last  semester.  I 
am  also  grateful  to  the  Department  of  Entomology  and 
the  Panorama  Society  for  providing  funds  for  some  of  my 
research  activities. 


MATERIAL  AND  METHODS 


Selection  of  Representative  Taxa 

Representatives  of  all  major  lineages  of  Apoidea  were 
included  in  the  present  study,  as  well  as  of  some  basal  lin- 
eages of  aculeates  as  outgroup  taxa.  Two  limiting  factors 
were  taken  into  account  when  selecting  the  specific  taxa: 
availability  of  specimens  (adult  insects)  for  complete  dis- 
section and  of  published  information  on  larval  morphol- 
ogy. However,  a  few  important  taxa  whose  larvae  are  un- 
known were  still  included;  also,  Laphyragogus  and 
Xenosphex  were  included,  despite  lack  of  material  for  com- 
plete dissections  (only  mouthparts,  including  oral  plate, 
and  external  genitalia  were  dissected).  In  some  cases,  I  also 
chose  specific  genera  that  were  considered  previously  to 
have  a  relatively  basal  position  within  their  respective  lin- 
eages; this  is  the  case  for  the  exemplar  taxa  of  bees,  of 
Sphecidae  (s.str.),  and  for  most  of  the  Crabroninae  and  the 
Bembicinae.  Table  1  lists  the  exemplar  taxa  included  in  the 
formal  parsimony  analyses.  Among  the  Crabronidae,  I 
tried  to  include  representatives  of  all  subfamilies  recog- 
nized by  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976),  as  well  as  "problem" 


genera,  i.e.  genera  whose  taxonomic  positions  in  Bohart 
and  Menke's  classification  were  not  supported  by 
Alexander's  (1992a)  study.  Besides  the  taxa  listed  in  Table 
1,  material  of  several  other  taxa,  in  particular  specimens 
of  Apoidea  deposited  in  the  insect  collection  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas,  were  also  examined.  More  relevant  taxa 
are  listed  below. 

Material  of  the  following  additional  hymenopteran 
taxa  not  included  in  the  analyses  were  also  completely 
dissected  and  examined: 

Crabronidae. — Astatinae:  Ammoplanops  cockerelli  Pate 
(female),  AmmopIaneUus  wnatilla  Pate  (female), 
Ammoplanellus  sp.  (female),  Dryudella  sp.  (female); 
Bembicinae:  Alysson  melleus  Say  (female),  Argogorytes  sp. 
(male);  Crabroninae:  Bothynostethus  sp.  (male),  Ectemnius 
stirpicola  (Packard)  (female),  Entomognathus  texanus 
(Cresson)  (male),  Oxybelus  emarginatum  Say  (female  and 
male),  Tn/poxylon  frigidum  Smith  (male);  Pemphredoninae: 
Araucastigrnus  masneri  Finnamore  (female),  Arpactophilus 
sp.  (female),  Carinostigmus  sp.  (female),  Diodontus  atratulus 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


Table  1 .  List  of  taxa  used  as  exemplars;  ingroup  taxa  arranged  accord- 
ing to  the  classification  proposed  here.  F  =  female;  M  =  male. 

OUTGROUP 
Bethvlidae: 

1.  Epyris  sp.  (from  Brazil),  F,  M 
Pompilidae: 

2.  Notocyphus  sp.  (from  Costa  Rica),  M 
Rhopalosomatidae: 

3.  Rhopalosoma  nearticum  Brues,  F 
Sapygidae: 

4.  Eusapyga  proximo  (Cresson),  F 
Scolebythidae: 

5.  Clystopsenella  longiventris  Kieffer,  F 
Sierolomorphidae: 

6.  Sierolomorpha  canadensis  Provancher,  M 

INGROUP 

Ampulicidae: 

7.  Ampulex  sp.  (from  Costa  Rica),  F 

8.  Aphelotoma  rufiventris  Turner,  M 

9.  Dolichurus  sp.  (from  Costa  Rica),  F,  M 
Apidae  (sensu  lato): 

10.  Anthophonda  albata  (Timberlake),  F 

11.  Conanthalictus  nigricans  Timberlake,  F 

12.  Ctenocolletes  stnaragdinus  (Smith),  F 

13.  Hesperapis  carinata  Stevens,  F 

14.  Lonchopria  zonalis  (Reed),  F 
Crabronidae: 

Astatinae: 

15.  Astata  nevadica  Cresson,  F 

16.  Eremiasphecium  sahelense  (Simon-Thomas),  F 

17.  Ammoplanus  cfr.  apache  Pate,  F 

18.  Pulverro  mescalero  Pate,  F,  M 

19.  Timberlakena  yucaipa  Pate,  F 
Bembicinae: 

20.  Eembecinus  quinquespinosus  (Say),  F 

21.  Didineis  texana  (Cresson),  M 

22.  Heliocausus  larroides  (Spinola),  F 

23.  Hoplisoides  spilopterus  (Handlirsch),  F 

24.  Nysson  rusticus  Cresson,  F 

25.  Ochlewptera  bipunctata  (Say),  F 
Crabroninae; 

26.  Dinetus  pictus  (Fabricius),  M 

27.  Laphyragogus  pictus  Kohl 

28.  Mellinus  alpestris  Cameron,  M 

29.  Xenosphex  timberlakei  Williams 

30.  Anacrabro  ocellatus  Packard,  F 

31.  Lindenius  columbianus  (Kohl),  F 

32.  Lyroda  subita  (Say),  F 

33.  Nitela  amazonica  Ducke,  F 

34.  Palarus  latifrons  Kohl,  M 

35.  Plenoculus  davisi  Fox,  M 
Pemphredoninae: 

36.  Odontosphex  paradoxus  Menke,  M 

37.  Entomosericus  concinnus  Dahlbom,  F 

38.  Mimesa  cressonii  Packard,  F,  M 

39.  Pluto  minutus  (Malloch),  F,  M 

40.  Psenulus  mayorum  Bohart  &  Grissell,  F 

41.  Arpactophilus  steindachneri  Kohl,  F 

42.  Diodontus  rugosus  Fox,  F,  M 

43.  Parastigmus  huecuvus  Finnamore,  F 

44.  Passaloecus  areolatus  Vincent,  F,  M 

45.  Pemphredon  inornata  Say,  F 

46.  Spilomena  catamarca  Antropov,  F 

47.  Stigmus  temporalis  Kohl,  F 


Table  1 .  Continued 


Philanthinae: 

48.  Aphilanthops  frigidus  Smith,  M 

49.  Pliilanthus  gibbosus  (Fabricius),  F,  M 
Heterogvnaidae: 

50.  Heterogyna  fantsilotra  Day,  M 
Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto): 

51.  Chlorion  aerarium  Patton,  F 

52.  Palmodes  rufiventris  (Cresson),  M 

53.  Podalonia  communis  (Cresson),  M 

54.  Stangeella  cyaniventris  (Guerin-Meneville),  F 

Taschenberg  (male),  Microstigmus  nigrophthalmus  Melo  (fe- 
male), Passaloecus  cuspidatus  Smith  (female),  Pemphredon 
lethifer  (Shuckard)  (female),  Polemistus  braunsii  (Kohl) 
(male),  Polemistus  dickboharti  Menke  (female),  Spilomena 
subterranea  McCorquodale  &  Naumann  (female),  Spilomena 
sp.  (female),  Stigmus  fulvipes  Fox  (male),  Stigmus  temporalis 
Kohl  (female);  Philanthinae:  Cerceris  rufopicta  Smith  (fe- 
male). 

Apidae  (s.l.). — Calliopsis  andreniformis  Smith  (female), 
Callomelitta  antipodes  (Smith)  (female),  Hylaeus  sp.  (female). 

Mutillidae. — Myrmosa  unicolor  Say  (male). 

Pompilidae. — Aporinellus  fasciatus  (Smith)  (female). 

Sierolomorphidae. — Sierolomorpha  nigrescens  Evans 
(male). 

Vespidae. — Eumenes  fratemus  Say  (female). 

Braconidae. — unidentified  species  (female). 

Evaniidae. — unidentified  species  (male). 

Trigonalidae. — unidentified  species  (male). 

Xiphydriidae. — Xiphydria  sp.  (female). 

Xyelidae. — Macroxyela  ferruginea  (Say)  (male). 

Undissected  or  only  partially  dissected  (e.g., 
terminalia)  specimens  of  the  following  taxa  were  also 
examined: 

Ampulicidae. — Aphelotoma  fuscata  Riek  (female  and 
male),  Dolichurus  corniculus  (Spinola)  (female), 
Paradolichiirus  boharti  Kimsey  (female  and  male), 
Paradolichurus  obidensis  (Ducke)  (female  and  male),  Trirogma 
caerulea  Westwood  (female). 

Crabronidae. —  Clypeadon  laticinctus  (Cresson)  (male), 
Entomosericus  kaufmanni  Radoszkowski  (female  and  male), 
Eremiasphecium  budrysi  (Kazenas)  (female),  E.  longiceps 
(Gussakovskij)  (female  and  male),  Laphyragogus  ajjer 
Beaumont  (female  and  male),  Mellinus  arvensis  (Linnaeus) 
(female  and  male),  Mellinus  bimaculatus  Packard  (female), 
Odontosphex  damara  Pulawski  (female  and  male),  Palarus 
variegatus  (Fabricius)  (female  and  male),  Paracrabro 
froggratti  Turner  (female),  Tiguipa  cfr.  fiebrigi  (Brethes) 
(male),  Timberlakena  cahuilla  Pate  (female),  Xenosphex 
xerophilus  Williams  (female). 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


Heterogynaidae—  Heterogyna  protea  Nagy  (female  and 
male)  and  males  of  all  African  Heterogyna  species,  except 
for  H.  ravenala  Day. 

Dissection  of  Adult  Specimens 

At  least  one  adult  specimen  from  each  of  the  taxa  listed 
in  Table  1  (except  Laphyragogus  and  Xenosphex)  was 
processed  as  follows  before  examination: 

(1)  Soaking  in  10%  KOH  solution  overnight; 

(2)  Clearing  in  3%  hydrogen  peroxide  for  species  with  a 
dark  integument; 

(3)  Transfer  to  50-70%  ethanol,  then  boiling  for  a  few 
minutes,  followed  by  slow  cooling; 

(4)  Transfer  to  water  and  then  slow  addition  of  glycerin; 

(5)  Transfer  to  and  storage  in  pure  glycerin. 

In  order  to  avoid  excessive  clearing  of  mouthparts  and 
terminalia,  these  parts  were  dissected  before  transferring 
to  peroxide.  Boiling  in  ethanol  is  important  to  remove,  from 
inside  the  specimen,  especially  from  the  head,  bubbles 
produced  by  the  peroxide.  Partial  dismembering  of  the 
specimen  was  carried  out  before  transferring  to  pure 
glycerin,  since  at  this  stage  the  integument  is  still  relatively 
malleable  from  the  KOH  treatment. 

For  species  in  Table  1  with  only  one  sex  listed,  the 
terminalia  of  the  opposite  sex  were  removed  and  submitted 
to  the  same  procedure  described  above,  so  that  sex  specific 
characters  from  this  part  of  the  body  could  be  examined; 
for  three  genera,  only  material  of  other  congeneric  species 
was  available:  a  male  of  Eusapyga  sp.,  a  female  of  Aphelo- 
toma  nigricula  Riek  and  a  female  of  Heterogyna  protect  Nagy. 

The  heads  of  specimens  preserved  in  fixative  (or 
sometimes  in  alcohol)  of  the  following  species  were 
dissected  for  examination  of  the  morphology  of  the 
pharynx  (see  characters  13  and  14): 

Ampulicidae. — Dolichurus  sp.  (Costa  Rica,  male). 

Apidae  (s.l.). — Augochlora  pura  (Say)  (female). 

Crabronidae. — Alysson  melleus  Say  (Bembicinae, 
female),  Crossocerus  sp.  (from  USA,  Crabroninae,  male), 
Didineis  texana  (Cresson)  (Bembicinae,  female),  Diodontus 
flavitarsis  Fox  (Pemphredoninae,  female),  Hoplisoides  sp. 
(from  Costa  Rica,  Bembicinae,  female),  Nysson  spp.  (female 
from  USA,  male  from  Costa  Rica,  Bembicinae),  Ochleroptera 
bipunctata  (Say)  (Bembicinae,  female),  Philanthus  gibbosus 
(Fabricius)  (Philanthinae,  female),  Psenulus  sp.  (from  Costa 
Rica,  Pemphredoninae,  female),  Sphecius  speciosus  (Drury) 
(Bembicinae,  male),  Spilomena  alini  Antropov 
(Pemphredoninae,  female),  Stigmus  americanus  Packard 
(Pemphredoninae,  female). 

Sphecidae  (s.str.). — Isodontia  sp.  (from  USA,  female), 
Sphex  ichneumoneus  (Linnaeus)  (male). 

Sapygidae. — Sapyga  sp.  (from  USA,  male). 


Character  Selection  and  Delimitation 

Most  of  the  characters  used  in  the  present  study  are 
derived  from  the  morphology  of  the  exoskeleton  of  the 
adult  insects,  including  internal  processes  (e.g.,  furca,  2nd 
phragma).  Selection  of  characters  was  based  on  dry,  pinned 
specimens,  as  well  as  on  dissected  specimens  in  glycerin, 
using  a  stereoscopic  microscope  Olympus  SZ60  (up  to 
126X)  and  incident  and  transmitted  light.  The  remaining 
characters  were  taken  from  the  morphology  of  immature 
stages  (larva)  and  from  the  behavior  of  adult  females. 

In  order  to  confirm  the  glandular  nature  of  two 
characters  (82  and  83),  female  specimens  of  Ammoplanus 
cfr.  apache,  Passaloecus  areolatus,  and  Stigmus  americanus 
preserved  in  Kahle's  fixative  were  embedded  in  LR  White 
resin  following  the  procedures  described  by  Lindley  (1992) 
and  sectioned  with  a  Sorvall  Ultra  Microtome  (MT  5000); 
the  sections  were  slide-mounted  using  Euparal.  The  slides 
were  observed  and  photographed  under  a  Olympus  BH-2 
microscope  with  differential  interference  contrast  optics. 
It  is  difficult  to  explain  or  justify  the  process  of 
character  discovery  and  subsequent  delimitation  of  those 
characters  into  states.  For  complex  characters,  i.e. 
characters  that  show  a  great  amount  of  apparently 
important  cladistir  information  but  are  not  readily  divisible 
into  discrete  states  ur  expressible  in  a  quantitative  manner 
(e.g.,  Characters  58  or  68),  I  tried  to  provide  detailed 
descriptions  and  illustrations,  so  that  the  states  here 
recognized  can  be  apprehended  and  more  properly 
evaluated  by  other  people.  But  the  problem  of  making 
explicit  the  decision  processes  followed  when  delimiting 
the  states  for  these  complex  characters  still  remains.  In  most 
such  cases,  I  included  a  larger  number  of  states  to  match 
more  closely  the  condition  present  in  the  different  taxa. 
However,  if  taken  to  an  extreme  and  if  the  states  are 
nonadditive,  this  procedure  can  make  any  character  useless 
by  assigning  a  different  state  for  each  taxon. 

In  some  cases,  to  preserve  the  informational  content 
of  a  complex  character,  I  divided  it  into  two  characters, 
one  of  them  representing  presence  or  absence  of  a  structure 
or  of  a  particular  condition  and  the  second  character 
representing  its  different  states  (e.g.,  Character  pairs  70  and 
71,  or  77  and  78).  Taxa  in  which  the  structure  or  condition 
is  absent  are  assigned  a  question  mark  for  the  second 
character;  this  corresponds  to  treating  inapplicable 
characters  as  missing  data.  This  can  be  problematic  under 
certain  circumstances  (e.g.,  Maddison  1993),  but  the  current 
computer  algorithms  are  not  able  to  handle  inapplicable 
characters  differentially.  One  alternative  would  be  to  have 
only  one  character,  but  this  is  exactly  what  was  being 
avoided  in  the  first  place. 

Another  issue  that  should  be  mentioned  is  the 
treatment  given  to  morphometric  characters  (approxi- 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


mately  25%  of  the  characters  used  here,  not  considering 
meristic  characters,  e.g.,  Character  4  or  73).  In  most  cases, 
a  quantitative  description  was  adopted  to  express  a 
qualitative  nature  not  easily  captured  as  such;  most 
commonly,  this  qualitative  nature  involved  shape  of 
structures.  For  example,  the  labrum  (Character  1)  in 
Pemphredonini  and  most  Ammoplanini  is  relatively 
similar  in  overall  shape  and  in  a  few  other  attributes,  but  I 
tried  to  express  this  similarity  mostly  by  the  proportions 
of  the  labrum  (state  1-1 );  characters  19  and  20  are  additional 
examples. 

Different  procedures  have  been  developed  to  divide 
morphometric  characters  into  more  or  less  objective  states 
taking  into  consideration  intra-  and  intertaxon  variation 
[see  reviews  by  Stevens  (1991)  and  Thiele  (1993)],  as  well 
as  to  produce  characters  representing  shape  (e.g.,  Zelditch 
et  al.  1995).  I  did  not  employ  any  of  these  procedures  for 
the  quantitative  characters  used  here.  The  characters 
selected  are  believed  to  show  very  little  intraspecific 
variation,  since  they  were  chosen  exactly  for  being  stable 
across  at  least  two  representative  taxa.  However,  the  limits 
for  the  different  states  were  usually  arbitrary  (see  e.g., 
Characters  8,  9  or  29)  and  were  defined  to  circumscribe 
two  or  more  taxa  thought  to  form  a  natural  group.  This 
approach  has  been  criticized  for  its  "otential  to  bias  the 
phylogenetic  analyses  in  favor  of  pre-conceived  ideas  of 
relationships  (e.g.,  Stevens  1991,  Gift  and  Stevens  1997). 
Submitting  these  characters  to  the  procedures  mentioned 
above  could  diminish  these  potential  biases,  but  I  think  it 
would  represent  little  improvement  for  the  quantitative 
characters  used  here  [see  also  Farris  (1990)].  In  any  case,  I 
classified  all  139  characters  used  in  the  analyses 
accordingly  to  their  nature  (see  Table  4).  This  somewhat 
crude  sorting  can  be  used  to  identify  those  characters 
whose  cladistic  informational  content  should  be  viewed 
with  more  caution. 

In  the  case  of  absence  of  one  or  more  of  the  veins 
delimiting  the  forewing  submarginal  cells  (see  Characters 
87-89),  I  used  relational  information  to  infer  the  putative 
losses.  This  problem  of  similarity  assessment  usually  has 
been  circumvented  by  considering  only  the  number  of 
submarginal  cells  present  [e.g.,  Alexander's  (1992a) 
Character  59,  or  Alexander  and  Michener's  (1995) 
Character  84].  However,  I  think  this  approach  can  lead  to 
loss  of  information,  and  therefore  I  tried  to  introduce  a 
more  precise  assessment,  especially  because  several 
lineages  of  Crabronidae  have  lost  some  of  these  veins.  Here 
I  provide  more  detailed  justifications  for  the  similarity 
assessments  made  in  each  case: 

Pemphredonini. — The  presence  of  only  two 
submarginal  cells  in  this  group  is  considered  here  to  be 
derived  from  loss  of  the  segment  of  Rs  separating  the  1st 
and  2nd  submarginal  cells,  i.e.  fusion  of  these  two  cells. 


This  assumption  is  based  on  presence  among  members  of 
this  tribe  of  a  disproportional  elongate  1st  submarginal  and 
the  relatively  wide  separation  between  lm-cu  and  the  vein 
here  interpreted  as  2rs-m,  especially  in  genera  like 
Diodontus  and  Pemphredon. 

Ammoplanini. — The  presence  of  two  or  only  one 
submarginal  cell  in  this  group  seems  at  first  more  difficult 
to  explain,  because  members  of  the  basal  lineage,  Pulverro 
(and  Ammoplanops),  have  a  very  reduced  venation  pattern. 
However,  I  am  postulating  that  the  ancestral  lineage  for 
this  tribe  had  two  submarginal  cells  as  seen  in  some  species 
of  Timberlakenn  (and  also  in  Pwtostigmus).  This  two-celled 
condition  was  created  by  loss  of  3rs-m  and  M  distal  to  2rs- 
m  (character  89).  These  postulated  vein  losses,  instead  of 
loss  of  the  segment  of  Rs  separating  the  1st  and  2nd 
submarginal  cells  as  suggested  for  the  Pemphredonini,  are 
inferred  from  the  close  proximity  between  lm-cu  and  the 
vein  here  interpreted  as  this  segment  of  Rs  in  Pulverro  and 
Timberlakenn  (see  Figs.  20  and  21).  Also,  the  venation  pattern 
of  the  Ammoplanini  can  be  easily  derived  by  patterns 
similar  to  that  of  some  species  of  Eremiasphechtm  (see  Fig. 
22)  assuming  the  changes  postulated  here. 

Dinetus. — The  two-celled  condition  in  this  genus  can 
be  derived  easily  from  a  shortening  of  the  marginal  cell 
accompanied  by  loss  of  3rs-m  and  the  segment  of  M  distal 
to  2rs-m.  The  genus  Gastrosericus  (Crabroninae,  Larrini) 
has  a  similar  condition,  but  clearly  independently  acquired. 

Nitela,  Lmdenius  and  Anacrabw. — The  presence  of 
only  one  submarginal  cell  in  these  three  genera  can  be 
derived  from  a  pattern  with  two  submarginal  cells  (in 
which  the  2nd  cell  is  petiolate)  by  loss  of  M  distal  to  the 
segment  of  Rs  separating  the  1st  and  2nd  submarginal  cells 
and  loss  of  the  segment  of  2rs-m  not  fused  with  Rs.  Indeed, 
in  Encopognatluts  [see  Fig.  116A  in  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)] 
and  in  some  species  of  Nitela,  a  clear  indication  (or  the  vein 
remains  in  the  case  of  Nitela)  of  a  petiolate  2nd  submarginal 
cell  can  be  seen. 

Hesperapis. — The  two-celled  condition  in  this  genus 
is  assumed  to  have  occurred  by  loss  of  2rs-m.  This 
assumption  is  based  on  presence  of  a  relatively  long  2nd 
submarginal  cell  (i.e.  2nd  and  3rd  fused)  and  lm-cu 
connected  to  the  segment  of  M  delimiting  the  2nd  cell.  In 
bees,  lm-cu  apparently  almost  always  connects  to  M 
between  the  segment  of  Rs  separating  the  1st  and  2nd 
submarginal  cells  and  2rs-m. 

Heterogyna. — This  genus  has  a  somewhat  unusual  and 
very  reduced  wing  venation.  I  use  here  the  same 
interpretation  given  by  Day  (1985)  for  H.  protea:  first 
submarginal  cell  complete,  second  cell  petiolate  and 
distally  open  (2rs-m  present,  but  not  reaching  spectral  M). 

I  made  no  especial  effort  to  include  known 
synapomorphic  characters  or  to  look  for  new  putative 


8 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


synapormorphies  for  the  following  taxa  previously  found 
to  be  monophyletic:  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  (Alexander 
1992a),  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  (Alexander  1992a,  Alexander 
and  Michener  1995)  and  the  Philanthinae  sensu  Alexander 
(1992b).  Obviously,  I  paid  close  attention  to  any  evidence 
that  could  contradict  these  previous  studies.  Characters 
found  by  Brothers  and  Carpenter  (1993)  to  support  the 
monophyly  of  Apoidea  were  included  (however,  several 
of  them  were  circumscribed  differently),  as  well  as 
additional  relevant  characters  providing  resolution  for 
relationships  among  the  outgroup  taxa. 

The  sample  of  characters  used  here  is  not  intended  to 
represent  the  result  of  an  exhaustive  search  for  informative 
characters,  but  only  as  one  of  the  many  samples  of 
characters  that  could  be  extracted  from  these  insects.  Some 
areas  of  the  body  that  seem  to  contain  important  characters 
were  completely  ignored.  For  example,  the  internal  ridges 
and  lamellae  associated  with  the  hypostomal  bridge  in  the 
head  exhibit  a  large  amount  of  variation  among  the  taxa 
sampled,  but  I  was  simply  unable  to  organize  this  variation 
in  any  meaningful  way.  This  region  of  the  body  and  many 
others  are  worth  exploring  in  future  studies. 

Terminology 

The  morphological  terms  adopted  here  were  mostly 
taken  from  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976),  Michener  (1944)  or 
Snodgrass  (1942, 1993)  and  definitions  for  these  terms  can 
be  found  in  those  works.  However,  terminology  for  wing 
characters  (see  also  Fig.  14)  was  taken  from  Day  (1988);  for 
the  thoracic  pleuron,  from  Gibson  (1993);  for  external 
genitalia,  from  Smith  (1970).  Sources  for  a  few  additional 
morphological  terms  are  given  directly  in  the  list  of 
characters.  For  indication  of  direction  for  structures  in  the 
head,  I  used  the  convention  of  an  insect  with  a  prognathous 
head,  so  that  the  frons  is  in  a  dorsal  position  and  the 
occiput,  ventral.  Reference  is  made  to  metasomal  sclerites 
(Michener  1944),  instead  of  abdominal  sclerites,  except  for 
gonocoxites  and  gonapophyses  of  female's  sting. 

Larval  and  Behavioral  Characters 

Six  characters  (131-136)  derived  from  the  external 
morphology  of  the  larva  were  used.  The  data  for  all  larval 
characters  were  taken  from  the  literature  (Table  2),  except 
for  Spilomena;  I  also  examined  larvae  of  a  few  additional 
taxa,  like  Pemphredon,  Psenulus,  and  Stigmus,  as  well  as  of 
some  taxa  not  included  in  the  present  study,  like  Sceliphron, 
Cerceris,  and  Megaehile.  There  is  no  published  information 
on  the  larvae  of  nine  genera  of  the  ingroup:  Aphelotoma, 
Ctenocolletes,  Didineis,  Eremiasphecium,  Laphyragogus, 
Xenosphex,  Timberlakena,  Parastigmus,  and  Heterogyna.  These 
taxa  have  missing  entries  for  larval  characters  in  the 
character  matrix,  except  Didineis,  for  which  the  states  were 
taken  from  the  description  of  the  larva  of  Atysson  melleus 


by  Evans  and  Lin  (1956b),  and  Ctenocolletes,  from  the 
description  of  the  larva  of  Stenotritus  pubescens  (Smith)  by 
Houston  (1975);  these  pairs  of  genera  have  very  similar 
adult  morphology  and  nesting  behavior,  respectively. 
Information  for  outgroup  taxa  was  taken  at  the  family  level 
from  Evans  et  al.  (1987),  except  for  Scolebythidae  and 
Sierolomorphidae,  for  which  there  is  no  available 
information. 

These  six  characters  were  selected  from  a  list  of  10 
characters  considered  of  phylogenetic  significance  by 
Evans  (1959a).  Two  of  the  10  were  omitted  because  of  their 
apparent  complexity  (larval  body  shape  and  mandibles);  I 
am  not  comfortable  using  them  without  examining  the 
specimens.  The  two  others  (parietal  bands  and  opening 
between  atrium  and  sub-atrium  of  spiracles)  were  given 
less  importance  by  Evans.  Alexander's  (1992a)  study  can 
be  used  to  evaluate  the  significance  of  these  four  characters 
in  a  cladistic  context. 

Three  behavioral  characters  were  incorporated  in  the 
formal  analyses:  type  of  larval  food,  food  relocation  and 
nest  construction.  All  prey  records  for  ampulicids, 
crabronids,  and  sphecids  were  taken  from  Bohart  and 
Menke  (1976),  except  for  Eremiasphecium  taken  from 
Kazenas  (1991;  prey  records  for  £.  budrysi  Kazenas), 
Arpactophilus  from  Matthews  and  Naumann  (1989;  prey 
record  for  A.  mimi  Naumann),  Ammoplanus  from  Maneval 
(1939;  prey  record  for  A.  perrisi  Giraud)  and  from  Ahrens 
(1948;  prey  record  for  A.  handlirschi  Gussakovskij), 
Laphyragogus  from  Kazenas  (1985;  prey  record  for  L. 
turanicus  Gussakovskij),  Entomosericus  from  Kazenas  and 
Alexander  (1993;  prey  record  for  E.  kaufmani 
Radoszkowski)  and  for  Odontosphex  paradoxus  from  M. 
Prentice  (pers.  comm.).  Biological  information  for  the 
outgroup  taxa  was  taken  from  Hanson  and  Gauld  (1995). 

Data  Analysis 

Methods  incorporating  parsimony  have  won 
widespread  acceptance  among  systematists  interested  in 
producing  phylogenetic  hypotheses  for  the  various  groups 
of  organisms,  especially  because  parsimony  has  been 
considered  the  only  criterion  that  implements  Hennig's 
auxiliary  principle  [e.g.,  Hennig  (1966:121)]  that  the  most 
preferable  tree  topology  is  the  one  that  minimizes  the 
number  of  ad  hoc  hypotheses  of  homoplasy  (e.g.,  Wiley 
1981,  Farris  1983).  Parsimony  is  usually  associated  only 
with  methods  that  do  not  assign  different  weights  to  the 
characters  being  used,  i.e.  methods  in  which  all  characters 
are  treated  equally  in  terms  of  cladistic  information  they 
provide.  However,  parsimony  can  also  be  applied  under  a 
weighting  function.  Herein,  I  employ  two  distinct  methods 
(implied  and  successive  weighting)  that  assign  differential 
weights  to  the  characters  based  on  their  degree  of 
homoplasy. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


Table  2.  List  of  ingroup  taxa  whose  larval  descriptions  were  used  for  information  on  larval  characters. 


Genus 

Species 

Reference 

Ampulex 

canaliculnta  Say 

Evans  (1959b) 

Dolichurus 

corniculus  (Spinola) 

Maneval  (1939) 

Anthophorula 

chionura  Cockerell 

Rozen  (1957) 

Lonchopria 

zonalis 

McGinley  (1981) 

Conanthalictus 

conanthi 

Rozen  (1993) 

Hcsperapis 

(eight  species)' 

Rozen  and  McGinley  (1974) 

Astata 

(three  species) 

Evans  (1958,  1959a) 

Pulverro 

monticola  Eighme 

Bohart  and  Grissell  (1972) 

Ammoplanus 

perrisi  Giraud 

Maneval  (1939) 

Bembecinus 

(three  species) 

Evans  and  Lin  (1956b),  Evans  (1959a,  1964b) 

Heliocausus 

larroides 

Evans  (1971) 

Hoplisoides 

(three  species) 

Evans  and  Lin  (1956b):,  Evans  (1959a)2 

Nysson 

(two  species) 

Evans  and  Lin  (1956b),  Evans  (1959a) 

Ochleroptera 

bipunctata 

Evans  and  Lin  (1956b) 

Mellinus 

arvensis  (Linnaeus) 

Evans  (1959a) 

Dinetus 

pictus 

Asis  et  al.  (1997b) 

Anacrabro 

ocellatus 

Evans  (1957) 

Lindenius 

tylotis  Court  and  Bohart 

Evans  (1959a) 

Lyroda 

subita 

Evans  (1964b) 

Nitela 

spinolae  Latreille 

Janvier  (1962) 

Palarus 

(two  species) 

Gayuboetal.  (1992) 

Plenoculus 

davisi 

Evans  (1959a) 

Odontosphex 

paradoxus 

M.  A.  Prentice  (pers.  comm.) 

Entomosericus 

kaufmani  Radoszkowski 

Kazenas  and  Alexander  (1993) 

Mimesa 

bicolor  (Jurine) 

Janvier  (1956) 

Pluto 

albifacies  (Malloch) 

Evans  (1959a) 

Psenulus 

(four  species) 

Evans  (1959a)5,  Asis  et  al.  (1993, 1997a) 

Arpactophilus 

steindachneri 

Evans  (1964b) 

Diodontus 

(two  species) 

Evans  (1958)4 

Passaloecus 

(two  species) 

Evans  (1958, 1964b) 

Pemphredon 

(four  species) 

Evans  (1958a,  1964b) 

Spilomena 

(several  species) 

pers.  obs. 

Stigmtis 

(two  species) 

Evans  (1958),  Asis  et  al.  (1993) 

Aphilanthops 

frigidus 

Evans  (1957) 

Phihmthus 

gibbosus 

Evans  (1957) 

Chlorion 

aerarium 

Evans  (1964b) 

Palinodes 

dimidiatus  (De  Geer)5 

Evans  and  Lin  (1956a) 

Podalonia 

(two  species) 

Evans  and  Lin  (1956a),  Evans  (1964b) 

Stangeella6 

cyaniventris 

Janvier  (1928) 

'Including  H.  carinata.  :Cited  as  Psammaecius 

Sphex. 


Cited  as  Diodontus.  'Cited  as  Xylocelia.  Cited  as  P.  daggi/i.  "Cited  as 


Two  additional  issues  should  be  considered  before 
discussing  the  analysis  of  the  data.  One  of  them  is  character 
ordering,  i.e.  prior  determination  of  the  direction,  and 
sometimes  the  likelihood,  of  the  possible  transformations 
among  the  different  states  of  a  multistate  character.  It  has 
been  argued  that  transformation  series  should  be  ordered 
whenever  possible  to  take  into  consideration  the  nested 
nature  of  homology.  However,  I  opted  to  treat  all  multistate 
characters  as  unordered,  because  in  very  few  of  them  could 
the  hypothetical  states  be  arranged  in  what  seemed  to  be  a 
logical  linear  (additive)  transformation  series.  In  some  of 
the  cases  involving  nested  homology,  two  characters  were 
used  instead,  one  representing  absence  or  presence  of  a 
given  structure  and  the  other,  the  different  conditions  of 
the  structure. 


The  second  issue  refers  to  the  effects  of  having  taxa 
with  missing  data  from  one  or  more  data  sets.  Lack  of  data 
from  larval  morphology  is  the  main  reason  for  most  of  the 
missing  entries  in  the  present  study;  however,  besides 
having  their  larvae  unknown,  Laphyragogus  and  Xenosphex 
also  have  several  missing  entries  because  of  lack  of  material 
for  complete  dissections.  In  order  to  evaluate  the  effects  of 
these  two  taxa,  two  sets  of  analyses  were  carried  out  for 
each  of  the  three  parsimony  methods  described  below:  one 
set  containing  all  taxa  in  Table  3  (complete  data  matrix) 
and  the  other  excluding  Laphyragogus  and  Xenosphex 
(partial  data  matrix). 

Parsimony  under  implied  weighting. — Goloboff 
(1993)  proposed  implied  weighting  as  a  method  for 


10 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


ro  <j\ 

ro  co 

ro  r- 

ro  10 


i  cn  r- 

CN    ID 
1    CN    ID 


=8 

o 
ii 

Si 

■* 


c 
,o 

-3 
c 
o 


>- 

O 

£ 


U 


|2 


o 

IT> 

. 

O) 

O 

r- 

"■■ 

in 

o 

If! 

: 

"» 

i  i 

ro 

o 

i  ■: 

C  3 

i   > 

<  ) 

(T\ 

r.; 

<T\ 

n 

1 

1- 

■:-■ 

W 

o> 

if) 

o> 

-=r 

<Ti 

co 

■.;-, 

■:T, 

- 

ri 

00 

- 

CO 

a 

'1 

r» 

on 

ui 

CI 

in 

CO 

■^ 

a 

ro 

a 

i  j 

m 

a> 

o 

r- 

■  ■■ 

r- 

on 

r- 

r- 

r- 

in 

r- 

m 

r-  o 

ID  <7i 

»D  00 

io  r- 

\D  VD 

ID  LTi 

ID  T 

*o  ro 

«>  CN 

VD  rH 

VD  O 

m  en 

in  on 

m  r- 

in  id 

in  in 

m  tj 


ro  cn 

m  o 

CN  O-i 

cn  on 

cn  r- 

CN  ID 

cn  in 

CN  ^» 

o)  co 

CN  (N 

CN  rH 

CN  O 


O  O 

o  o 

CO  VO 

o  o 

CN  O  < 

O  O  < 

O  <H  ! 

O  O  l 

O  O  I 

O  O  l 

o  o  . 

O  O  I 


o  o 

o  o 

o  p- 

rH  O 


P-    O    rH    r-t    . 


<  o  o 

>  o  o 

I  o  o 

I  r-t  O 

i  O  rH 

i  o  o 

I  o  o 


o  o 


o  p- 

O  P- 

O  O  rH  rH 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O  rH  O  O 

O  O  rH  o 

rH  O  rH  O 

o  o  o  o 

rH  O  O  O 

O  rH  O  rH 

r-t  O  O  O 

p-  o  o  o 


o  in 

o  o 

O  CN 

o  o 

O  rH 

o  o 

o  o 

rH  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


ini/immNHHH 

o  o 

CN  CN 

a  □ 

o  o 

a  o 

o  o 

o  o 

a  o 

o  o 

a  a 

o  o 

o  o 


H    ri    rH    O    rH 
rHP.--lrHrHrHOrH 
m   M    M    M    f  ■    CN 


I   (N   « 


i   o  o 

i    O  o 

,   o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

i  o  o 

o  o 

,   o  o 


O  0' 

O  f>' 

O  P' 

O  P- 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


O    O    O    O    O    . 


CN    -d1    **    -d"    CN     ll    O   (N    «f   (N   (N    M    I 


O  P-  OOOOOOOOOOOOO  P' 


rH  O  ' 

rH  O  I 

O  O  i 

O  O  i 


I    CN    CN    P-    CN    CN    i 


1  1  1J  ' 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

CN  (N 


o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  ^H 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O  i-t  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

lil  'f  O  M 

O  O  H  rH 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


■    O    O    O    O    O    O    > 

rHp.rHrHrHrH.-H.- I     o  O 

OP-OOOOOOrHrH 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


rH  o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  O  rH  rH  rH 

O  O  O  O  iH  o 

(N  O  CN  CN  H  O 


o  o  o  o  o  o 

OrHOOrHrHrHrHrHrH 
OOOO^HO-'-i-'-i 
OrHOOrHrHOOrHO 

oooooooooo 
oooooooooo 

OrHrHOOOOrHOrHO. 

iOOOOOOOOOOOi 

OrHrHrHrHrHrHrH-l-i.-<< 

ooooooooooo- 

OOOOOOOOOOOI 


O  O  O  O    ' 

P-  rH  O  O     ' 

O  O  O  O    ' 

O  O  O  O    i 

O  O  O  O    ' 

rH  O  rH  O    ' 

O  O  O  O    i 

O  rH  O  O    ■ 


■  :    ' 


^  o- 


I  t-H  iH  rH  O  ' 
i  O  O  O  O  ' 
I    CN    CN    CN    CN    ' 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


O  O  i 
O  O  i 
CN    (N    i 


CNrNOcNmH-icNCNrnmoO' 


**  o  o  o  o 


1   CN  O 

i  o  o 

'     rH  O  rH  rH  f- 

■  O  O  O  O  (*• 
1    O  O  fN  CN 

■  o  o  o  o  o 

'     O  O  O  O  rH 

■  o  o  o  o  o 

'     O-  O  O  O  rH 

'  o  o  o  o  o 

'    rH  rH  O  O  O 

1  «h  n  o  O  o 

■  o  o  o  o  o 

.     rH  rH  rH  rH  -H 

■  o  o  o  o  o 

■  o  o  o  o  o 

CN  CN  rH  O  rH 

rH  rH  O  O  O 

■er  o  o  o  o 


•  0  rH  rH  rH 

-  O  O  f*>  o 

-  o  o  o  o 

•  o  o  o  o 

■  O  O  o  o 

•  O  O  O  O 

■  O  O  o  o 

•  O  O  O  O 


o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O  rH  rH  O 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

r-t  CN  <N  rH 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  O 


OOOOOr-lOOOOOOOO 

rHrHrHrHrHrHrHrHrHOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOrH^HrHrHrH 

oooooooooooooo 
o-  o  o  o  f^.  o  o  o  o  r^-  (»•  r*-  (*■  r*- 
oooooooooooooo 

OOOOOOrHrHrHOOOOO 
OOOOOrHOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOCNOOOOOOOO 
OOrHOP-OOOOOOOrHO 
OOrnOOOrHOrHOOOOO 
o.  c-  f4-  C-  P-  P-  P'  r».  o-  O  O  O  O  O 
(\.  o  f\-  (*■  n-  t»-  o  o  o  o  o  O  o  o 
r>-  r-   t1-   c-   r>-   c-  o  o  o  o-i  m  cn  «*>  cn 

OOOOOOrHrHrHrHrH-H-i-H 

OrHrHrHOOOOrHrHrHrH-H-H 

OCNOrHOrHrHrHrHOOOOO 

rHrHrH^HrHrHrHrHrHOrHOrHO 

P-     O     rH     O-     O-     rH     O     O     O     r- 

C-OrHOO-rHOOOr- 

rHOOOrHOOOOOOOO 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

fv.     p.    p.    O    O    O     C1'    rH    rH    f-    O    O    O    O 

f-CNCNOrHOCNOOCNOOOO 

f-.    OOOO-0-OOOOOOOO 

rHOrHOrHOOOOOOOOO 

rHOrHOrHOOOOOOOOO 

rHOOOrHOOOOOOOrHO 

rHOOOOrHOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOrHOOOOOOOO 
OOrHOOOOOOOOOOrH 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

oooooooooooooo 

OOOrHrHOOOOi-HrHi-HrHrH 

OOOOOOOOOrHrHrHrHrH 

OOOOOOOOOCNCNCNCNCN 
(\.     (\-     f-     f*-    O-    O-    0-     r>-    C    CN    rH    CN    O    rH 

OOOOOOOOOrHrHrHrHrH 
OOOrHOrHOOrHOOOOO 
OOOOrHOrHi-HrHrHrHrHrHrH 
rHOOOOOrHOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOO-HrHrHrHrH 
rHrHO-HOrHrHrHrHOOOOO 
P-  O-  f-  P-  f-  O-  f»-  P-  P-  rH  O  CN  rH  rH 
OOOOOOOOOrHrHrHrHrH 

p.  p.  O'  o-  P-  C-  O  O  O  ro  rO  ro  f*l  CO 
p.    p.    p.    p.    p.    p.    p.    p.    p.    o    o    o    o    o 

OOOOOOOOOrHrHrHrHrH 
OOOOOOOrHOrHrHrHrHrH 
OrHrHpHrHrHOOOr-trHrHrHH 
p.  p.  p.  p.  p.  p.  p.  p.  p.  ,H  o  rH  rH  O 
rHrHrHHrH^HH-HrHOOOOO 
OOOOOOHHrHrHHrHrHiH 
OOOOOOrHrHrHOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOO 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

rH  CN     I 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


m  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

cn  m 


o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

rH  O  rH  rH 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

CN  O  CN  rH 

O  O  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

p.  o  o  o 

co  o  pn  o 

O  CO  T-i  r-i 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

rH  O 

CN  O 

o  o 

CN  O 

o  o 

O  CN 

CN  rH 


o  o  o  o 
p.  o  c-  o 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

O  CN 

o  <■•• 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

O  rH 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

rH  CN 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


o  o  o  o  o 
o  o  o  o  o 
o  o  o  o  o 


I  o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

D  C 

O  rH 


rH  rH  O  O  O 

O  o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  O  rH  rH 

O  O  rH  O  O 

rH  rH  O  rH  O 

O  O  O  O  o 

o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o 

O  rH  O  rH  O 


O  O  O  O  O  O 

O  O  rH  rH  -H  rH 

rH  O  O  O  O  O 

O  O  o  o  o  o 

O  C--  {*■  fi.  O-  p. 

o  o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  O  O  O  O 

O  O  O  o  o  o 


iCNCNOOrHCNOrHOO 


rH      rH      O      O      , 


o 

p- 

o 

o 

H 

"■ 

o 

(  ) 

rH 

<s 

1  1 

o 

o 

(■■> 

o 

n 

o 

c  ■> 

<  1 

I  1 

i  i 

■ 

O 

<>■ 

o 

('■ 

■  ■ 

(   ) 

CN 

CN 

<  j 

CN 

1  i 

o 

CN 

CN 

"■ 

o 

■1 

'   1 

<  1 

i  i 

1  1 

■    1 

O 

o 

o 

c-> 

" 

f  1 

C  1 

1  1 

C  5 

n 

c> 

o 

o 

Cl 

Ci 

f"> 

c  > 

( > 

C  ) 

o 

c  > 

f> 

a 

CI 

.- 1 

1  1 

o 

o 

o 

n 

n 

C  ) 

f  1 

c  > 

C  ) 

o 

■ 

(  1 

C" 

o 

CI 

a 

f ) 

o 

C  ) 

o 

o 

o 

n 

c  > 

■  ■ 

'  1 

C) 

CI 

■  > 

c ) 

o 

o 

o 

n 

CN 

o 

o 

o 

c- 

r»- 

C  1 

p. 

i  i 

o 

o 

i ; 

CN 

o 

o 

o 

C   1 

CN 

n 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

-H 

o 

CI 

1  ] 

i  ■ 

o 

'■  ' 

( 1 

o 

o 

■  I 

r>- 

(  1 

1  1 

rH 

■-\ 

■ 

( > 

'  i 

(  1 

1  1 

CO 

EN 

m 

o 

o 

Z3 

o 

o 

rHOOOOrHrHrH 
OOOrHrHrHrH^H 

OOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOO 
OP-OOO-HrHO 
OCNOOrHOOrH 

O    O    O    O    rH    C-    C>-    O 

OOOOOMrHO 
OrHOOOrHrHO 
OOOOOrHrHO 
OOOOOOOO 
OrHOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOO 

rHOP-OrHrHrHrH 

OOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOO 
OOOCNOOOO 
P-OOOOCNrHrH 


O   O   O   o   ■ 


rH      rH      O     O      O      ' 


rH  O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o  o 

rH  O  O  O  C- 

O  O  O  O  CN 

r>-  rH  CN  O  O 

rH  O  O  O  O 

rH  O  O  O  O 

rH  O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  c  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  rH  O  O 

O  O  O  O  O 

O  O  O  o  o 

rH  O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  rH  rH 

O  CN  O  CN  CN 


I     O     rH     rH     rH     , 


:    O    O    O    O    O    O    o    . 


'  O  C1*  o-  o  o  p. 

'  O  O  CN  rH  rH  CN 

I  rH  O  O  rH  rH  O 

I  rH  <"H  H  rH  rH  rH 

I  rH  O  CN  CN  CN  CN 

'  O  O  O  O  O  O 

i  O  <-H  O  O  rH  O 


O  P- 

o  o 
o  o 


ooooooooooo 
ooooooooooo 

C-OOrHOOOOrHOOl 
rHOOOOOOOOOOl 
OOOOOOOOOOOi 


OOOOOOOOOOOO. 
OOOOOOOOOOOOl 

OOOrHrH-HrH-1-HrHOOI 

OOOOOOOOOOOOl 


OOOOOOOOOOO 

OOOOrHrHrHrHOrHO 
OOOOOOOOOOO 

OOOrHOOrHOrHOO 

OOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOO 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


ICNOOOOOOOOOO 


O    O    O    O 

o  o  o  o 
o  o  o  o 
O   P-  o  o 

O     rH     O     O 

O  O  o  o 

O  O  O  O 

O  O  O  o 

O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o 
o  o  O  O 
O    O    O    o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O    O    O    o 

.  p.  p.  p. 


O     O     O     O     rH     rH     rH     , 


OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 


O     O     rH     O     O     I 

OOOOOOOOi 


OOCNOfOfOCOfOl 
rHOOrHOOOOi 


'OOOOOOOO. 


C-     rH     O     O     ' 


'OOOOOOOOOO* 


'OOOCNCNCNCNCN' 


CN    O    O    C- 


CN  CN  CN  CN 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  O 

p.  p.  p.  p. 

O  O  o  o 

CO  CN  CN  CN 

o  o  o  o 


O     O     O     O     O     rH 


irHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO- 


in  in  in  in 

O    rH    O  rH 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O    H    O  O 

O     -^     «3"  rH 

O  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


O    CN 

o  o 
o  o 


o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

in  o 

o  o 

o  o 

rH  O     O     . 

O  rH    rH    i 

O  P-    P-     P-    P-     P-     P- 


O  O 

O  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

a  c 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

m  m 

o  o 

o  o 


in  in  in  in 

O  O  CN  CN 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  rH 

O  O  O  rH 

o  o  o  o 

rH  O  O  O 

rH  O  O  O 

O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

p.  o  p-  P- 

O  r-t  O  O 

O  O  o  o 

O  rH  O  O 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  rH  rH 

o  o  o  o 

O  O  rH  rH 

O  O  rH  rH 

O  O  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

IT  rH  rH  rH 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  O  O 


in  rp 

CN  CN 

o  o 

o  o 


o  •**  m  *r  ' 

CN  CN  CN  CN  I 

o  o  o  o  < 

o  o  O  O  ' 


o  o  o  o  ■ 

O  O  O  O  ' 

rH  O  O  O  1 

O  O  O  O  ' 

■    O  O  O  O  i 

o  o  o  o  • 


CN   CN   ^   in   *?   ' 

CN    CN    CN    CN    CN    i 

O     O     rH     O     O     ' 


■  O  O  O  O  O    ' 

'     O  O  O  rH  O     ' 

O  O  rH  O  rH 

■  O  O  O  O  O    i 

'     O  O  rH  rH  rH      ■ 


I  rH  rH  rH  rH  rH  rH  rH 

I  rH  rH  O  O  O  O  rH 

i  O  rH  O  O  O  O  O 

i  -d-  CO  CO  O  -H  "31  O 

'  in  •<*  o  p-  rH  p-  o 

I  CN  CN  CN  CN  CN  CN  CN 

I  rH  o  o  o  o  o  o 

I  O  O  O  P-  rH  P.  O 

I  rH  rH  rH  P.  rH  P-  rH 


■HOOrHrHOOrHOOOO 
HOrHrHrHOOOOOOO 
OmOrHOTfOrHCOrH-rJ.lNCNrHCNCNCNrHrHid'rHrHi-lrH 

CNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCN 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

OOOOOOOOOOrHOOOOOOrHOrHrHrHrHrH 


I    CO    ■**    i 


CO    T 


I   CN   O   T   "3"   cn   ro   *r   ' 


O  rH     , 

O  rH      , 

O  O 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 


I    O    O    O    O    O    rH    . 


O  O  O  o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o  o  o 

rH  O  O  O  O  O  O 

rH  rH  rH  O  rH  rH  rH 

O  O  O  O  O  O  O 


O  O  CN  CN  CN  i 

O  O  O  O  rH  ■ 

O  O  O  O  CN  ' 

O  H  O  O  rH  i 

CN  O  O  O  O  < 


■  O  O  rH  O  O  O  < 

'     rH  O  P-  O  P-  O  ' 

O  <-H  P-  ^-t  P-  -H  ' 

rH  rH  P-  O  P-  rH  < 

CN  O  CN  O  O  O  ' 

rH  O  P-  O  P-  O  ' 

■  CN  rH  O  CN  CN  CN  I 
rH  rH  rH  O  rH  O  i 
O  O  O  O  O  i-H  I 


OOOOOOOOOOOOO 

OOOrHOrHCNCNCNrHOOO 

ICNOrHrHCNCNCNCNOOOOO 

OOOOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOO 


O  O  o  o  o  o 

O  rH  O  O  O  O 

O  O  O  rH  rH  O 

O  O  O  O  o  o 

O  rH  rH  O  O  P- 


H  H  >J  rl 

O  O  rH  O 

O  O  O  O 

o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  rH  rH 

O  O  o  o 


IOOOOOOOOO. 


o  o  ■ 


I  o  o  o  o  o 


OOOOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOO 
CNCNrHCNCNOOCNrHOOOO 
OOHOrHOOOOOOOO 

OOOOCNOrHrHrHrHrHrHrH 


O  O  O  rH  rH  O 

o  o  o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o  o  o 

O  O  O  rH  rH  rH 

rH  rH  rH  O  O  O 


O  O  O  O 

O  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  rH  rH 

o  o  o  o 


OrHOOOOOOrHrHOOOOrHOOrHP-OrHrHrHrHt-HOrHrHOOOOrHt-lrHrHr-l 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOrHrHrHrHt-HrHrHrHrHO 
rHrH^^rp^rHrHrHr^rHrHrHrHrHrHOrHrHrHrHrHrHiHrHrHrHCNrHCNOCNOrHOOrH'S'OrHrHrHOrHrHrH 
OrHrHrHOrHrHrHOrHOOrHrHOOOrHrHOrHrHrHOOOrHrHOrHHOOrHrHOrHOrHOrHOOOOO 
OmOlNO<«rHOOOO'^mrOOm*TCNrHOT'3l^'OCN(NCNrH*J'*a'*3'<g|rHOOOOOOOrHCNOOOO 
OOOOOOrHOOrHOOOrHOOrHrHOOrHrHl-HOOOrHOrHrHrHrHOrHrHrHrHOrHOOOOOOO 
OOOrHOOrHOOOrHrHrHOOOrHOrHrHrHrHOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 
-(-(^1-l^H^H^HOrHrH-HrHrHrHrHrHrHrHrHrH-HrHrHrHrHHrHrHrHrHrHOOOOO 


ooooooooo. 


p.  p. 


p-  p- 


ooooooooooo 

OOOOOOOOOOOCNCNCNO 
OOOOrHOOOOOrHOOOO 
■HOOOrHOOOOOOOOOO 
O  P*  P-  P-  O  P-  O  O  P-  P-  P-  P-  P-  P-  P- 
CNOOH(NrH(NCNrHrHrHOOOrH 
-HOOOrHOOOOOOOOOrH 
O  P-  P-  P-  r-t  P-  O  O  P-  P-  P-  P-  P-  P-  O 
CNOO-HPlrHCNCNrHrHrHOOOCN 
OOOOOOOOOCNCNCNCNCNO 
OrHOOOOCNOOrHOOOOO 
CNOOOP-  OOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOO  O'O  O  O  O  O  rH 
OOOOOOfOOOCNCNCNrHCNO 
OrHOrHrHOOOOCNCNCNCNCNO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

OrHOrHOOOOOrHrHrHrHHO 

OrHOOOOOOOrHOOrHOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 
CNOCNCNCNCNOOOrHOOOOO 
r:OCNCNCNCNrH(NCNrHOOOOO 
p.  OOP-  OOOOOOOOOOO 
p.    OOP-rHOOOOOOCNOOO 

P-rHOP-rHrHrHrHOOOOOOO 


O    O    i 


I    O    P- 


p.    p.    O    O    ' 


p.    O    ■ 


o 

n 

n 

o 

- 

o 

o 

n 

—1 

1  1 

■:   ■ 

C  1 

C  1 

■  i 

c  > 

r  1 

1 1 

C  1 

o 

1  ' 

C) 

o 

O 

p- 

o 

p- 

r> 

p- 

p- 

p- 

1  I 

CN 

C  ) 

CN 

<1 

o 

CI 

o 

o 

I  3 

Ci 

■  1 

('■ 

[*• 

o 

1  I 

P- 

p- 

1  : 

CN 

CN 

CN 

(  1 

O 

CJ 

!  i 

fN 

r-t 

o 

o 

C  J 

(N 

'   1 

:  i 

—1 

CN 

O 

;  -l 

o 

t  ' 

o 

I   i 

o 

(.•/ 

O 

CJ 

4     ' 

rH 

CJ 

o 

(  1 

'  I 

p. 

'    ' 

CO 

ro 

o 

C> 

o 

r> 

o 

o 

o 

■■-- 

o 

C  ) 

<  > 

'  1 

O 

1  1 

'  1 

<  ■> 

■■  i 

O 

O 

C  : 

1  1 

CI 

■ 

o 

o 

o 

( > 

I   ■' 

ft 

o 

o 

o 

C  ) 

I  1 

1  1 

o 

<  > 

■ 

c ) 

'  ) 

«  '■ 

'■' 

<    ■• 

o 

'  1 

<■> 

<■■) 

o 

(■■) 

n 

'.  ) 

!  :■ 

1  ' 

I  ) 

■ 

o 

o 

ri 

( 1 

o 

■'■■ 

■"■ 

C  ) 

C  ) 

o 

n 

H 

C  ) 

C    ' 

i  i 

CI 

C    > 

■  1 

<  1 

CI 

■ 

r  i 

I 

n 

n 

'-t 

o 

■-t 

a 

O 

O 

O 

O 

CJ 

rH     O     O     rH 


>  O  O  O  O 

)   O  O  o  O 

■  P-  o  o  o 

)   rH  CN  CN  CN 

>  O  O  O  O 
-  P-  O  O  O 
'    rH  CN  CN  CN 

p.  O  O  O 

CN  CN  <N  CN 

P-  O  O  rH 

O  O  O  O 

O  O  O  O 

O  O  CO  O 

rH  rH  rH  O 

O  O  O  O 

rH  rH  O  O 

rH  O  O  O 


j  O  rH  rH  rH  , 

J  O  O  O  O  ' 

)  O  O  O  O  i 

)  O  O  O  O  i 


I  O  O  O  i 

I  O  O  O  O  CN  i 

■  rH  O  O  O  O  I 

I  O  O  O  O  O  i 

I  p.  O  P-  P-  P- 

I  O  CN  O  rH  O  • 

I  O  O  O  O  O  ' 

I  p.  O  P-  P-  P-  i 

I  O  CN  O  rH  O  i 

>  O  O  O  O  O  I 

I  O  O  rH  rH  -H  , 

I  O  O  CN  rH  rH  , 

i  O  O  O  O  O  t 

i  O  O  rH  rH  rH  i 

'  O  O  rH  O  rH  . 


O  O  rH  rH  O 

-H  -H  O  O  O 

■H  rH  O  O  O 

rH  rH  rH  rH  O 

rH  rH  rH  rH  O 

o  o  o  o  o 

rH  O  O  O  O 

O  O  O  O  O 


p.   p.   p. 


O  rH  rH  rH  rH 

(N  O  O  CN  CN  ' 

O  O  O  O  O  ' 

O  rH  O  O  O  I 

P-  CN  P'  rH  O  i 

O  CN  rH  CN  CN  I 

O  r-t  O  O  O  ' 

P-  CN  O  rH  O  . 

O  CN  CN  CN  (N  I 

O  O  O  O  O  i 

rH  O  O  O  O  I 

O  CN  CN  CN  CN  ) 

O  rH  O  O  O  I 

rH  O  rH  rH  rH  . 

rH  O  O  O  O  I 


i    O  O  O  O  O  ' 

'    O  O  O  O  O  ' 

'    O  O  O  O  O  < 

'    O  O  O  O  O  i 

i    O  O  O  O  O  i 

1    O  O  O  O  O  ( 

1    O  O  O  O  O  ( 

O  CN  CN  CN  rH  . 

O  rH  rH  rH  rH  ■ 


I    O    O    ' 


p.   p. 


CN  CN 

O  O 

O  O 

CN  CN 


o  o 

O  r-t 

O  O 

O  O 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

o  o 

CN  CN 


O  O  O  O 

CN  CN  O  O 

O  O  O  rH 

O  O  O  O 

P-  P.  O  P- 

O  O  (N  rH 

O  O  O  O 

p.  P-  O  O 

O  O  CN  CN 

rH  H  O  O 

O  O  O  CN 

rH  rH  O  O 

r-t  rH  -H  O 

rH  rH  rH  O 

CO  CO  O  CO 

rH  rH  O  O 

O  O  O  O 

O  rH  O  O 

O  O  O  o 

o  o  o  o 

o  o  o  o 

rH  rH  A  O 

rH  rH  CN  O 

o  o  o  o 

O  CN  O  O 

O  O  O  o 


o  o  o 

o  o  o 

rH  O  rH 

o  o  o 

p.  p-  p. 

o  o  o 

o  o  o 

p.  p-  p. 


CN  CN  rH 

o  o  o 

o  o  o 

o  o  o 

ro  ro  O 

rH  rH  rH 

O  O  O 


o  o  o 

O  O  O 

o  o  o 

CN  CN  CN 

o  o  o 

o  o  o 

O  rH  O 


11 

rc 

Q)    D,                     f-n    0 

«    E 

C    Ih           "0    (0    3  --H 

a 

U)     flJ 

3    0 

Q)    0          E    3    in   -H 

•r|    -H 

•q  » 

1J    W    E           0    In    0    1] 

Q.    >H 

«S^ 

0)0,0   Xu   3x;jq 

'■: 

<o   0, 

>,  0  "i    0)    0-q    0,^ 

'. 

>H      0 

■h   0   us 

Q.uO'H'-iOOc; 

n 

m  j^ 

i<   0   0, 

t8tl)iH3tD--i^:iB 

0,  0 

N  u   0 

oir,nax;~iuc 

Ql 

ui  q 

3-h--.cO.OC0 

4) 

«  £  o: 

<J 

a:  vj 

W   13          ■"          0           X    0    W 

3-M          0,          &i(j1(Dh3 

m  o,  m 

crjO         OWro3J^J3'r( 

01     3     ID     01 

1 

U«ClH3lHC;0,fcqrrjrrj 

3    0    0    0 

0-HOCD4J^-ritolHQj'rjrH 

U    0  -u   g 

W 

0 

1 

■-t-H     Ul-i    CUXJ-HOO'CO    Hi 

<C    q   q    0 

Qi 

^amqci-iquqiHtJ 

-H     Q)     o    u 

~ 

i 

Q)0>,U-m    "3    (LCD    C-h    ^-m 

3;5;SOQ>J£:>:^-J'hS 

Q.  0.  O  ID 

5: 

u* 

- 

6    0    0 
&   CD  *0 


I1-  - 

bo  |   q 


CO   13 


oi  r- 


fQ    q    0  'H   T3    0    OJ 


m    qj   o   E   m   q 

.   '-H    u   ^   ^   ti    <Q 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


11 


weighting  characters  according  to  their  degree  of 
homoplasy.  Unlike  successive  weighting  (see  below),  the 
weights  are  calculated  simultaneously  with  tree  search,  the 
different  tree  topologies  being  evaluated  according  to  the 
character  weights  which  in  turn  are  implied  by  the 
distribution  of  the  characters  on  a  given  topology.  This 
method  seeks  trees  with  the  maximum  sum  of  character 
weights  or  maximum  total  fitness,  i.e.  trees  which  imply 
the  characters  to  have,  on  average,  as  high  a  weight  as 
possible.  The  individual  character  fitness  (/)  is  given  by 
the  function 

f.=  (k+l)  I  (Sj  +  it  +  1  -m) 

where  k  is  a  constant  of  concavity  introduced  to  regulate 
how  strongly  homoplastic  characters  are  down-weighted 
(the  higher  its  value,  the  lesser  the  down-weighting),  s  is 
the  actual  number  of  steps  observed  for  character  i  on  a 
given  topology,  and  mi  is  the  minimum  number  of  steps 
possible  for  character  ;'  [see  Goloboff  (1993)  for  more 
details].  The  higher  the  degree  of  homoplasy  of  a  character 
in  a  given  topology,  the  lower  its  weight  will  be. 

The  analysis  of  the  present  data  using  the  method  of 
implied  weighting  was  implemented  by  the  computer 
program  Pee- Wee,  Version  2.8  (Goloboff  1997a).  Tree  search 
was  carried  out  with  the  command  mult*  adopting  k  =  3, 
the  program's  default  value  for  the  weighting  constant. 
The  following  command  sequence  was  used:  hold*;  hold/2; 
mult*300;  max*.  The  command  mult  *  randomizes  the  order 
of  the  taxa  in  the  data  matrix,  creates  a  weighted  Wagner 
tree,  and  submits  it  to  tree  bisection-reconnection  branch- 
swapping  (300  replicates);  the  command  max*  does  branch- 
swapping  on  the  trees  found  by  mult*,  looking  for 
additional  trees  with  the  same  fitness.  The  resulting  trees 
were  examined  using  MacClade,  Version  3.06  (Maddison 
and  Maddison  1996);  character  optimizations  shown  on 
the  illustrated  cladograms  (Figs.  1, 2, 5  and  6)  were  carried 
out  also  using  MacClade. 


Parsimony  under  equal  weighting. — Under  this 
procedure,  the  characters  receive  equal  weight,  and 
therefore  one  change  in  a  given  character  has  the  same 
effect  as  one  change  in  any  other  character  (except  when 
characters  differ  in  their  ordering  status).  The  objective  is 
to  find  the  trees  that  minimize  the  total  number  of  changes, 
i.e.  trees  of  minimum  length.  This  method  was  imple- 
mented by  Nona,  Version  1.8  (Goloboff  1997b),  using  the 
following  command  sequence:  hold*;  hold/2;  mult*300;  max*. 
The  data  matrix  was  submitted  to  heuristic  search  using 
tree  bisection-reconnection  swapping  (mult*),  with  random 
addition  sequence  (300  replicates).  The  resulting  trees  were 
examined  using  MacClade. 

Parsimony  under  successive  weighting. — 

Successive  weighting  was  originally  proposed  by  Farris 
(1969);  more  recently  Carpenter  (1988)  has  advocated 
applying  it  as  a  means  to  select  among  multiple  equally 
parsimonious  trees.  This  is  an  iterative  procedure,  in  which 
the  character  weights  are  calculated  after  each  run  of  tree 
search,  the  new  weights  then  applied  to  the  next  run.  The 
process  is  stopped  when  the  results  of  a  given  iteration 
are  identical  to  those  produced  in  the  iteration  immediately 
preceding  it.  The  weight  for  each  character  is  calculated 
according  to  the  character  consistency  index;  this  index  is 
a  function  of  the  amount  of  homoplasy  shown  by  the 
character  in  a  given  tree  topology.  This  method  was  carried 
out  using  PAUP*,  Version  4.0  b2  (Swofford  1999).  The  initial 
set  of  most  parsimonious  trees  produced  under  equal 
weighting  was  used  as  the  starting  point.  Reweighting  of 
characters  was  done  according  to  their  consistency  index, 
using  the  maximum  value  (best  fit)  with  base  weight  equal 
to  10  (weight  values  not  truncate).  The  data  matrix  was 
submitted  to  heuristic  search  using  subtree  pruning- 
regrafting  swapping,  with  random  addition  sequence  (100 
replicates);  also  the  parsimony  settings  were  adjusted  to 
have  branches  collapsed  when  their  minimum  length  was 
zero,  which  is  equivalent  to  amb-  in  Nona.  The  resulting 
trees  were  examined  using  MacClade. 


CHARACTERS  AND  CODES  FOR  THEIR  STATES 


The  morphological  characters  are  listed  according  to 
their  positions  in  the  insect  body,  the  structures  of  the  head 
listed  first,  followed  by  thorax  and  then  abdomen;  the  lar- 
val and  behavioral  characters  are  at  the  end.  When  neces- 
sary, I  also  included  (after  listing  the  character  and  its  states) 
comments  on  the  character  or  explanations  for  decisions 
made  while  assigning  states  to  certain  taxa.  The  54  exem- 
plar taxa  (Table  1)  were  examined  and  scored  for  the  105 
morphological  characters.  The  complete  data  matrix,  list- 
ing all  taxa  and  the  state  codes  assigned  to  them,  is  pre- 
sented as  Table  3.  Morphological  characters  are  illustrated 
in  Figures  10-82  in  the  Appendix. 


1.  Labrum: 

(0)  at  least  one  and  a  half  times  wider  than  long. 

(1)  less  than  one  and  a  half  times  wider  than  long,  very 
flat  (Figs.  34  and  40). 

Labral  width  measured  across  its  base.  In  taxa  with 
state  (0),  the  labral  apex  usually  has  numerous  bristles, 
whereas  in  taxa  with  state  (1)  the  labrum  has  few  or  no 
bristles.  Podnlonia  has  a  flat,  long  labrum,  but  with  several 
apical  bristles;  Ampulex  also  has  an  elongate  and  some- 
what flat  labrum;  both  were  assigned  state  (1).  In  Epyris 
and  Eusapygn,  the  labrum  is  vestigial  and  these  taxa  were 
assigned  (?)  for  characters  1-3. 


12 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


2.  Labral  apex: 

(0)  entire  and  broadly  rounded,  or  at  most  slightly  emar- 
ginate  in  the  middle. 

(1)  entire  and  pointed. 

(2)  notched  in  the  middle  (Figs.  34  and  40). 

In  Arpactophilus  steindachneri  the  apex  has  several  small 
teeth,  but  the  labrum  is  considered  notched  in  the  middle. 
The  common  condition  in  the  genus  seems  to  be  a  shallow 
notch  in  the  middle  and  small  lateral  teeth. 

3.  A  pair  of  rounded  or  oval  spots  on  base  of  labrum: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

It  is  not  known  what  those  spots  represent,  but  they 
do  not  seem  to  be  some  type  of  sensillum;  in  the  cleared 
specimens,  they  look  like  areas  where  the  dorsal  and  ven- 
tral surfaces  of  the  labrum  are  fused,  being  similar  to  the 
margins  of  the  labrum. 

4.  Female  mandibular  apex: 

(0)  apical  plus  one  dorsal  subapical  tooth. 

(1)  apical  tooth  only,  i.e.,  simple. 

(2)  apical  plus  two  or  more  dorsal  subapical  teeth. 

Some  groups,  like  Psenulus  and  some  species  of 
Parastigmus,  have  a  small,  more  basal  tooth  along  the  in- 
ner margin  that  it  is  not  taken  into  consideration  here. 

5.  Male  mandibular  apex: 

(0)  apical  plus  one  dorsal  subapical  tooth. 

(1)  apical  tooth  only. 

(2)  apical  plus  two  or  more  dorsal  subapical  teeth. 

The  number  of  teeth  varies  among  species  of 
Heterogyna.  Males  oiH.fantsilotra  have  two  subapical  teeth, 
whereas  in  H.  protea  has  only  one  tooth.  Heterogi/na  is  as- 
signed both  states,  i.e.,  (0)  and  (2). 

6.  Subbasal  cleft  on  inner  edge  of  mandible  (female): 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

This  cleft  or  incision  is  found  in  several  Crabroninae. 
For  an  illustration  of  this  character,  see  Fig.  2  in  Pulawski 
(1995). 

7.  Outerventral  margin  of  mandible: 

(0)  simple. 

( 1 )  notched. 

This  is  the  same  as  the  externoventral  notch  of  Bohart 
&  Menke  (1976). 

8.  Glossa: 

(0)  less  than  twice  as  long  as  wide. 

(1)  at  least  twice  as  long  as  wide. 

9.  Prementum: 

(0)  less  than  three  times  as  long  as  apical  width. 

(1)  at  least  three  times  as  long  as  apical  width. 


10.  Ventral  surface  of  prementum: 

(0)  continuous  with  lateral  surfaces  or  separated  by 
rounded  angles. 

(1)  separated  from  lateral  surfaces  by  sharp  angles  or 
carinae. 

The  ventral  surface  of  the  prementum  in  Podnlonia  and 
Eusapyga  is  excavated  longitudinally,  forming  a  sulcus 
margined  by  two  ridges;  Lindenius  has  a  similar  condition 
(although  the  middle  part  is  slightly  elevated).  In  Diodontus 
and  Passaloecus,  the  separation  between  ventral  and  lat- 
eral surfaces  is  quite  abrupt,  but  there  are  no  carinae.  These 
are  all  coded  as  (0). 

11.  Basal  margins  of  lateral  arms  of  prementum: 

(0)  approximately  perpendicular  to  ventral  surface 
(angle  over  60s)  (Figs.  10  and  11). 

(1)  slanting,  forming  an  acute  angle  (45e  or  smaller) 
with  ventral  surface  (Fig.  12). 

(2)  lateral  arms  absent. 

The  lateral  arms  of  the  prementum  are  considered  ab- 
sent in  the  bees.  In  this  group,  the  basal  part  (articulated 
with  the  prementum)  of  the  anterior  conjunctival  thicken- 
ings of  Michener  (1944)  may  be  homologous  to  the  lateral 
arms  of  the  prementum  that  became  detached  from  the 
rest  of  the  prementum.  Another  possibility  is  that  the  basal 
portion  of  these  thickenings  could  have  originated  from  a 
detached  part  of  the  stipes  and  that  the  lateral  arms  disap- 
peared. 

12.  Paramandibular  process: 

(0)  absent  or  very  short,  well  separated  from  back 
of  clypeus. 

(1)  closing  at  least  3/4  of  mandibular  socket,  but  not 
reaching  back  of  clypeus. 

(2)  reaching  back  of  clypeus,  but  not  fused  to  it. 

(3)  fused  to  clypeus. 

In  some  taxa,  for  example  Philanthus,  Aphilanthopsis, 

Palinodes  and  Podnlonia,  males  and  females  differ  in  the 
degree  of  development  of  the  paramandibular  process.  I 
chose  to  use  the  state  found  in  females,  because  for  most 
taxa  only  female  specimens  were  available  for  complete 
dissection.  In  Ampulex  females,  the  mandibular  socket  is 
closed  by  an  extension  of  the  gena,  and  not  of  the 
hypostoma.  In  the  species  dissected,  the  hypostoma  gets 
close  to  but  does  not  reach  the  clypeus.  In  the  males,  how- 
ever, the  mandibular  socket  is  closed  by  a  hypostomal  pro- 
cess. Ampulex  is  assigned  state  (3). 

13.  Posterior  wall  of  pharynx  (between  arms  of  oral  plate): 
(0) not  expanded. 

(1)  forming  two  bulging  sacs  (walls  usually  covered 
with  numerous  acanthae)  (Figs.  29-33). 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


13 


These  structures  are  sometimes  hard  to  see  in  speci- 
mens treated  in  KOH,  especially  when  the  pharyngeal 
walls  are  relatively  thin.  For  this  reason,  specimens  pre- 
served in  fixative  were  dissected  and  examined;  due  to 
lack  of  suitable  specimens,  most  of  the  material  dissected 
belongs  to  species  (or  even  genera)  not  included  in  the 
phylogenetic  analyses.  Figures  31  and  33  show  cross-sec- 
tions of  the  pharyngeal  sacs  prepared  from  material  of 
Ammoplanus  preserved  in  fixative.  The  cleared  specimen 
of  Bembecinus  has  what  seems  to  be  small  expansions  on 
the  pharyngeal  wall,  but  no  fixed  material  was  available 
for  dissection.  It  was  scored  as  (?).  The  male  of  Heterogyna 
fantsilotra  has  a  distinct  expansion  of  the  pharynx.  The 
posterior  wall  of  the  pharynx  is  dilated,  but  does  not  form 
a  pair  of  sacs,  and  is  continuous  with  two  short  expan- 
sions on  the  upper  part  of  the  pharynx.  It  is  assigned  (1) 
despite  these  differences. 

14.  Upper  part  of  pharynx  (at  the  tip  of  the  oral  plate  arms): 

(0)  simple,  not  expanded. 

(1)  forming  a  pair  of  elongate,  sometimes  very  large 
and  branched,  diverticula  (Fig.  33). 

15.  Apical  inflection  of  clypeus: 

(0)  joining  epistomal  ridge  lateral  to  tentorial  pit  (Fig.  35). 

(1)  joining  at  tentorial  pit. 

(2)  joining  considerably  mesal  to  tentorial  pit  (Figs.  13, 

14  and  34). 

The  term  "apical  inflection"  was  taken  from  Roig- 
Alsina  and  Michener  (1993);  see  their  paper  for  additional 
illustrations.  The  segment  of  the  inflection  being  consid- 
ered here  seems  to  be,  in  most  taxa,  internal  to  the  mem- 
brane that  connects  the  base  of  the  mandible  to  the  inflec- 
tion. In  Eremiasphecium  sahelense,  the  joining  of  the  inflec- 
tion at  the  tentorial  pits  seems  to  result  from  an  apparent 
outward  displacement  of  the  tentorial  pits,  and  not  from 
an  expansion  of  the  inflection;  it  is  assigned  state  (0).  In 
Philanthus,  the  inflection  joins  a  lower  branch  of  the  tento- 
rial arm  which  is  broadly  fused  to- a  laminar  epistomal 
ridge.  In  Entomosericus  and  Mimesa,  the  apical  inflection 
joins  the  epistomal  ridge  slightly  lateral  to  the  tentorial 
pits,  but  these  taxa  are  coded  as  having  state  (1).  The  male 
of  Heterogyna  fantsilotra  has  an  internal  longitudinal  ridge 
connecting  each  internal  rim  of  the  antennal  sclerite  to  the 
apical  inflection  of  the  clypeus.  This  peculiar  condition  is 
not  treated  as  equivalent  to  state  (2)  above.  This  taxon  is 
assigned  state  (0). 

16.  Eye-clypeus  contact: 

(0)  none. 

(1)  extending  for  the  diameter  of  one  antennal  socket 
or  less. 

(2)  extending  for  more  than  the  diameter  of  one  anten- 
nal socket. 


17.  Subantennal  sutures: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present,  not  connected  to  tentorial  arms. 

(2)  present,  connected  to  tentorial  arms. 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  states  (0) 
or  (1)  for  characters  18  or  21.  Laphyragogns  and  Xenosphex 
have  subantennal  sutures,  but  they  are  assigned  (?)  because 
no  internal  observations  were  made. 

18.  Distance  between  antennal  socket  and  clypeus  (female): 

(0)  more  than  one  half  of  socket  diameter. 

(1)  one  half  of  socket  diameter  or  less,  but  not  nil. 

(2)  nil. 

19.  Epistomal  suture,  between  antennal  sockets,  in  taxa 
wherein  the  antennal  sockets  are  in  contact  with 
clypeus  (female): 

(0)  not  above  transverse  median  line  across  antennal 
sockets  (Fig.  34). 

(1)  above  transverse  median  line  across  antennal  sock- 
ets, but  not  reaching  tangent  to  upper  rims  (Fig.  13). 

(2)  extending  above  tangent  to  upper  rims  of  antennal 
sockets  (Fig.  14). 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  with  state  (2)  in  the 
preceding  character. 

20.  Tentorial  pit  (female): 

(0)  below  or  level  with  tangent  to  lower  rims  of  anten- 
nal sockets  (Fig.  13). 

(1)  above  tangent  to  lower  rims  of  antennal  sockets  (Fig. 
14). 

21.  Distance  between  antennal  socket  and  clypeus  (male): 

(0)  more  than  one  half  of  socket  diameter. 

(1)  one  half  of  socket  diameter  or  less,  but  not  nil. 

(2)  nil. 

22.  Epistomal  suture,  between  antennal  sockets,  in  taxa 
wherein  the  antennal  sockets  are  in  contact  with 
clypeus  (male): 

(0)  not  above  transverse  median  line  across  antennal 
sockets. 

(1)  above  transverse  median  line  across  antennal  sock- 
ets, but  not  reaching  tangent  to  upper  rims. 

(2)  extending  above  tangent  to  upper  rims  of  antennal 
sockets. 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  with  state  (2)  in  the 
preceding  character. 

23.  Tentorial  pit  (male): 

(0)  below  or  level  with  tangent  to  lower  rims  of  anten- 
nal sockets. 

(1)  above  tangent  to  lower  rims  of  antennal  sockets. 

24.  Tentorial  pit  II: 

(0)  situated  on  epistomal  ridge. 

(1)  distinctly  placed  above  epistomal  ridge. 


14 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


25.  Internal  rim  of  antennal  sclerite: 

(0)  level  with  internal  surface  of  head  or  projecting  only 

slightly  (Fig.  34). 

(1)  expanded  toward  the  center  and  covering  most  of 
the  socket  (portion  containing  antennifer  not  ex- 
panded) (Fig.  35). 

(2)  expanded  and  forming  a  short,  but  distinct  cylin- 
der (portion  containing  antennifer  expanded  to- 
gether with  rest  of  rim)  (Figs.  36  and  37). 

The  term  antennifer  is  taken  from  Michener  (1944).  In 
state  (2),  the  antennifer  remains  at  the  edge  of  the  rim. 

26.  Pedicel  attachment: 

(0)  basically  centric. 

(1)  eccentric  (Figs.  38  and  39). 

27.  Socket  on  apex  of  scape  with  an  eccentric  pedicel: 

(0)  entirely  membranous. 

(1)  sclerotized  in  the  center  (Fig.  38). 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  with  state  (1)  for 
the  preceding  character. 

28.  Sexual  dimorphism  in  number  of  antennomeres: 

(0)  none. 

(1)  male  with  13  and  female  with  12  antennomeres. 

29.  Female  2nd  flagellomere: 

(0)  at  least  3X  longer  than  pedicel. 

(1)  less  than  2X  longer  than  pedicel. 

This  character  is  used  to  characterize  the  relative  length 
of  the  antenna.  The  female  of  Heterogyna  protea  has  an  un- 
usually long  pedicel;  it  is  assigned  state  (0)  despite  the  fact 
that  its  2nd  flagellomere  is  not  3X  longer  than  the  pedicel. 

30.  Facets  of  compound  eyes  (female): 

(0)  approximately  uniform  in  size. 

(1)  frontal  facets  much  larger  than  remaining  ones. 

31.  Facets  of  compound  eyes  (male): 

(0)  more  or  less  uniform  in  size. 

(1)  frontal  facets  much  larger  than  remaining  ones  (Fig.  39). 

32.  Inner  orbits  of  compound  eyes  (female): 

(0)  straight  or  slightly  concave,  more  or  less  parallel. 

( 1 )  concave,  diverging  below. 

(2)  more  or  less  straight,  diverging  below. 

(3)  convex,  diverging  below. 

(4)  sinuate  (upper  portion  concave,  lower  portion  con- 
vex), strongly  converging  below. 

(5)  straight,  converging  below. 

(6)  concave,  converging  below. 

33.  Integument  of  paraocular  area  of  female: 

(0)  not  differentiated  from  more  median  part  of  frons. 

(1)  with  a  specialized  area,  sometimes  very  distinct  and 

forming  a  fovea  (Figs.  40-43). 
This  specialized  area  represents  the  surface  for  release 
of  the  secretions  of  an  underlying  epidermal  gland  [see 


Schuberth  and  Schonitzer  (1993)].  It  differs  considerably 
in  development  and  position  among  the  various  taxa;  I 
consider  all  different  forms  as  homologous. 

34.  Preoccipital  carina: 

(0)  complete  (Fig.  44). 

(1)  interrupted  ventrally. 

(2)  interrupted  ventrally,  but  reaching  hypostomal  carina. 

(3)  interrupted  dorsally 

(4)  completely  absent. 

This  is  the  same  as  occipital  carina  of  Bohart  and 
Menke  (1976).  The  species  of  Dolichurus  dissected  does  not 
have  a  preoccipital  carina,  but  it  is  assigned  state  (1)  based 
on  a  female  of  D.  corniculus. 

35.  Periforaminal  depression: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present  (Fig.  44). 

This  character  concerns  a  distinct  depression  on  the 
occipital  region.  It  is  usually  more  developed  dorsally,  as 
well  as  laterally,  and  in  some  taxa,  it  is  marked  dorsally 
and  laterally  by  a  marginal  sulcus  and /or  carina.  The  an- 
terior dorsal  portion  of  the  pronotum  seems  to  fit  in  this 
depression;  in  the  taxa  with  a  well-developed  marginal 
sulcus,  one  could  imagine  that  head  and  pronotum  are 
locked  together  when  the  anterior  dorsal  margin  of  the 
pronotum  is  inside  the  marginal  sulcus.  In  Entomosericus, 
the  depression  is  weakly  indicated,  but  this  taxon  is  con- 
sidered as  having  state  (1). 

36.  Cervical  sclerite: 

(0)  absent. 

( 1 )  present. 

37.  Posterolateral  angle  of  pronotum: 

(0)  evenly  rounded  (or  modified  differently  from  state  1). 

(1)  reduced  dorsally  above  and  anterior  to  differenti- 
ated spiracular  operculum. 

This  character  corresponds  to  character  35  of  Brothers 
and  Carpenter  (1993). 

38.  Ventral  angle  of  pronotum: 

(0)  scarcely  exceeding  base  of  procoxa. 

(1)  greatly  produced  mesad  and  closely  approaching 
its  counterpart  midventrally. 

This  character  is  being  used  to  indicate  the  distinct 
condition  found  in  all  Apoidea,  irrespective  of  the  small 
variation  found  among  them  in  how  closely  the  two  ven- 
tral halves  of  the  pronotum  approach  each  other.  Brothers 
and  Carpenter's  (1993)  assignment  of  a  distinct  state  to 
bees  is  unjustified,  since  a  similar  condition  to  that  found 
in  bees  is  present  in  several  other  Apoidea. 

39.  Pronotal  collar: 

(0)  anterior  edge  rounded,  or  a  collar  not  differenti- 
ated from  anterior  portion  of  pronotum. 

(1)  delimited  anteriorly  by  a  transverse  carina  (some- 


Major  Lineages  ofApoidea 


15 


times  interrupted  in  the  middle)  (Fig.  45). 
(2)  delimited  by  a  carina  only  laterally. 

40.  Pronotum  (internally): 

(0)  without  lateral  ridges. 

(1)  with  a  pair  of  lateral,  oblique  ridges  (converging 
anteriorly). 

Ammoplanus  and  Hesperapis  have  only  a  pair  of  weak 
carinae  (very  short  in  Hesperapis);  both  are  coded  as  (1).  In 
some  taxa,  e.g.,  Astata,  Ctenocolletes  and  Stangeella,  the 
ridges  are  continuous  in  the  middle.  The  male  of 
Aphelotoma  rufiventris  has  no  ridges,  but  the  female  of  A. 
nigricula  has  a  distinct  external  sulcus  in  the  place  where 
the  ridge  is  situated;  this  taxon  is  assigned  state  (1). 
Laphyragogus  and  Xenosphex  are  also  assigned  (1)  based 
only  on  external  examination  (presence  of  a  sulcus  in 
Xenosphex  and  a  line  in  Laphyragogus). 

41 .  Outer  ventral  posterior  corner  of  prothoracic  episternum: 

(0)  not  differentiated  from  rest  of  episternum. 

(1)  more  or  less  protuberant  in  lateral  view,  lateral  ca- 
rina of  episternum  not  differentiated. 

(2)  as  (1),  but  lateral  carina  of  episternum,  above  the 
protuberance,  forming  a  distinct  lamella. 

42.  Short  sulcus  dorsal  to  outer  ventral  posterior  corner  of 
prothoracic  episternum: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present  (Fig.  47). 

A  correspondingly  short  segment  of  the  anterior  mar- 
gin of  the  pronotum  fits  inside  this  sulcus,  although  it  does 
not  show  any  particular  modification  in  relation  to  the  re- 
mainder of  the  anterior  margin.  This  sulcus  is  present  only 
in  Heliocausits  and  Ochleroptera. 

43.  Prothoracic  basisternum: 

(0)  lateral  segments  of  posterior  edge  oblique,  converg- 

ing in  the  middle. 

(1)  posterior  edge  basically  straight,  except  for  small 
medial  projection,  lateral  corners  pointed. 

(2)  as  (1),  but  lateral  corners  rounded  (basisternum  very 

small). 
This  structure  shows  considerable  variation  among  the 
taxa  examined,  making  difficult  the  delimitation  of  dis- 
crete characters  and  states.  This  character  is  used  to  recog- 
nize what  seems  to  be  a  distinct  morphology  found  in  the 
Bembicinae  examined. 

44.  Medial  portion  of  prothoracic  basisternum: 

(0)  at  same  level  as  rest  of  basisternum,  strongly  pointed 

posteriorly  (Fig.  46). 

(1)  declivous  in  relation  to  anterior  portion  (sometimes 

only  slightly),  rounded  or  weakly  pointed  posteri- 
orly. 
The  comment  for  character  43  also  applies  here;  how- 
ever, the  present  character  is  being  used  to  represent  the 


distinct  posterior  reduction  of  the  medial  portion  of  the 
basisternum  in  Apidae  s.l.  and  Crabronidae  in  relation  to 
the  other  Apoidea.  In  Clystopsenella  and  Eusapyga,  the  me- 
dial portion  is  not  strongly  pointed,  but  they  are  assigned 
state  (0). 

45.  Apophyseal  arms  of  prothoracic  endosternum: 

(0)  separate  (Figs.  48  and  49). 

(1)  fused  (forming  a  bridge)  (Fig.  50) 

46.  Bases  of  apophyseal  arms  of  prothoracic  endosternum 
(internally): 

(0)  not  connected  by  divergent  plates  (Fig.  48). 

(1 )  connected  by  two  continuous,  divergent  plates  origi- 

nating at  base  of  furcasternum  (broadening  dor- 
sally)  (Fig.  49). 

In  Palarus,  these  plates  are  very  broad  and  close  half 
of  the  coxal  cavity.  In  Didineis  and  Ochleroptera,  the  plates 
are  apparently  absent,  but  I  assume  that  the  plates  fused 
completely  to  the  furcasternum  (the  medial  line  in  the 
furcasternum  is  absent,  contrary  to  what  occurs  in  groups 
where  the  plates  are  originally  absent). 

47.  Internal  divergent  plates  of  prothoracic  endosternum: 

(0)  separate  from  furcasternum  by  a  medial  ridge. 

(1)  partially  (dorsally)  or  completely  fused  to 
furcasternum,  medial  ridge  absent  at  least  dorsally 
(Fig.  50) 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  with  state  (1)  for 
the  preceding  character. 

48.  Fore  basitarsus: 

(0)  apex  not  modified,  or  only  with  a  short  apical  lobe. 

(1)  with  a  distinct  apical  lobe,  extending  at  least  to  half 
the  length  of  second  tarsomere. 

The  condition  described  in  state  (1)  is  found  only  in 
females  of  Laphyragogus  and  in  most  species  of 
Eremiasphecium  [see  Figs.  118-123  in  Marshakov  (1976)]. 

49.  Foretarsal  rake  (females): 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present,  bristles  longer  than  diameter  of  basitarsus. 

(2)  present,  bristles  as  long  as  or  shorter  than  diameter  of 

basitarsus. 

50.  Socket  of  foreleg  spur: 

(0)  broadly  connected  to  basitarsal  socket. 

(1)  narrowly  connected  to  basitarsal  socket  and  away 
from  tibial  apex. 

(2)  as  (1)  or  even  farther  from  tibial  apex  and,  and  spur 
socket  almost  or  completely  closed  (Fig.  51). 

In  Lyroda  and  Laphyragogus,  the  spur  socket  is  some- 
what closed,  but  it  is  situated  near  the  tibial  apex.  Both 
taxa  are  coded  (0). 

51.  Leg  form  of  female: 

(0)  all  similar,  slender  and  generalized  (or  modified  dif- 
ferent! v  from  state  1). 


16 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


(1)  all  femora  inflated  and  fusiform  although  midfemur 
often  less  so;  tibiae  and  tarsi  fairly  slender. 

52.  Claws: 

(0)  with  a  subapical  or  at  least  one  subbasal  tooth. 

(1)  simple,  without  subapical  or  subbasal  teeth. 

53.  Notauli: 

(0)  indicated  externally  by  a  sulcus  and  internally  by  a 
ridge. 

(1)  indicated  externally  by  a  line  and  internally  by  a 
ridge. 

(2)  indicated  only  externally  by  a  sulcus. 

(3)  vestigial. 

(4)  no  indication  (absent). 

Laphyragogus  and  Xenosphex  are  assigned  (1)  based  on 
external  examination  only. 

54.  Supra-alar  carina: 

(0)  absent  or  if  present,  not  meeting  tegular  ridge 
(preaxilla  open  anteriorly;  Fig.  25). 

(1)  curving  down  anteriorly  and  fused  to  the  anterior 
segment  of  the  tegular  ridge  (preaxilla  closed  off 
anteriorly;  Fig.  26). 

The  terms  supra-alar  carina  and  tegular  ridge  were 
taken  from  Michener  (1944).  This  carina  has  also  been 
named  scutal  flange  by  Menke  (1988). 

55.  Setal  patch  on  anterior  segment  of  tegular  ridge: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 

This  setal  patch  seems  to  be  a  proprioreceptor  field 
and  is  present  in  all  aculeate  outgroup  taxa  I  studied.  It  is 
absent  from  a  braconid,  evaniid,  trigonalyid  and  a 
xiphydriid  examined.  Judging  from  Ronquist  and 
Nordlander  (1989),  it  is  also  apparently  absent  from 
Ibaliidae.  This  might  be  a  synapomorphy  for  Aculeata. 

56.  Oblique  scutal  carina: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

57.  Prepectus: 

(0)  not  immovably  fused  to  the  mesepisternum. 

(1)  immovably  fused  to  mesepisternum,  suture  be- 
tween them  not  obliterated. 

(2)  as  (1),  but  suture  completely  obliterated. 

I  recognized  only  three  states  for  the  taxa  included 
here,  taking  into  consideration  only  the  degree  of  fusion 
to  the  mesepisternum.  Brothers  (1975)  assumed  that  the 
prepectus  in  Apoidea  extended  completely  across  the  an- 
terior margin  of  the  mesepisternum,  being  fused  in  the 
midline,  as  well  as  fused  to  and  forming  the  depressed 
anterior  margin  of  the  mesepisternum.  Considering  the 
condition  in  basal  Chrysidoidea  and  Vespoidea,  an  alter- 
native interpretation  for  the  Apoidea  would  be  a  prepectus 
not  contiguous  medially  and  fused  to  the  mesepisternum 


only  along  its  dorsal  half;  the  depressed  anterior  margin 
of  the  mesepisternum  would  be  a  modification  of  the 
mesepisternum  itself  in  response  to  a  modified  pronotum 
(ventral  angles  greatly  produced  mesad).  The  prepectus 
in  Rlwpalosoma  is  very  narrow,  but  it  has  a  distinct  fovea 
also  present  in  Ensapx/ga  and  Sierolomorpha. 

58.  Mesepisternal  ridge: 

(0)  complete,  reaching  anterior  edge  of  mesepisternum 
away  from  body's  midline. 

(1)  complete,  reaching  body's  midline  ventrally. 

(2)  reaching  ventral  portion  of  mesepisternum,  but  ab- 
sent from  middle  of  mesepisternum. 

(3)  restricted  to  ventral  portion  of  mesepisternum  (ab- 
sent laterally). 

(4)  restricted  to  lateral  portion  of  mesepisternum  (ab- 
sent ventrally). 

(5)  absent. 

This  is  an  internal  ridge  present  laterally  and/or  ven- 
trally on  the  mesepisternum  (Fig.  52).  In  most  cases  it  is 
marked  externally  by  a  sulcus  (see  next  character).  In 
Dineius  and  Lyroda,  the  ridge  is  interrupted  ventrally  and 
only  a  small  segment  is  present  along  the  anterior  edge  of 
the  mesepisternum;  both  taxa  are  coded  as  (0).  In 
Bembecinus,  the  mesepisternal  ridge  is  vestigial  since  only 
a  very  short  segment  is  present  below  the  subalar  fossa; 
however,  it  is  still  coded  (4). 

59.  Mesepisternal  sulcus: 

(0)  complete,  reaching  anterior  edge  of  mesepisternum 

away  from  body's  midline. 

(1)  complete,  reaching  body's  midline  ventrally  (Fig.  53). 

(2)  restricted  to  ventral  portion  of  mesepisternum  (ab- 
sent laterally). 

(3)  restricted  to  lateral  portion  of  mesepisternum  (ab- 
sent ventrally). 

(4)  absent. 

Sometimes  the  sulcus  is  only  weakly  indicated  ven- 
trally. In  Ctenocolletes,  the  sulcus  is  only  weakly  indicated 
on  the  upper  part  of  the  mesepisternum;  it  is  assigned  (3). 

60.  Omaular  sulcus: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present  (Fig.  54). 

61.  Omaular  carina: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

This  carina  corresponds  to  the  "omaulus"  of  Bohart 
and  Menke  (1976).  Omaulus  here  is  used  to  designate  the 
area  of  the  mesepisternum  where  its  anterior  and  lateral 
surfaces  meet.  When  both  a  carina  and  a  sulcus  are  present, 
the  carina  is  always  anterior  to  the  sulcus  (Fig.  54). 

62.  Interfurcal  muscle: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


17 


Absence  of  this  muscle  is  considered  a  synapomorphy 
for  Apoidea  by  Heraty  et  al.  (1994).  Only  a  male  of 
Sierolomorpha  canadensis  and  of  Dolichurus  sp.  were  exam- 
ined using  the  technique  described  by  these  authors.  The 
remaining  taxa  were  assumed  to  have  the  groundplan  con- 
dition postulated  by  Heraty  et  al.  (1994).  The  loss  of  this 
muscle  is  probably  correlated  with  the  ventral  fusion  of 
the  meso-  and  metathoraces  in  Apoidea  (condition  not  used 
here  as  an  independent  character). 

63.  Arms  of  meso-  and  metathoracic  furca: 

(0)  fused. 

(1)  not  fused  or  only  weakly  fused  (separate  in  KOH 
cleared  specimens;  Figs.  15  and  16). 

Together  with  loss  of  the  interfurcal  muscle,  Heraty  et 
al.  (1994)  considered  fusion  of  the  arms  of  the  meso-  and 
metathoracic  furca  a  synapomorphy  for  the  Apoidea.  In 
two  apoid  groups,  however,  the  arms  are  not  immovably 
fused  and  become  separated  after  KOH  treatment.  This 
condition  was  found  in  Ampulicidae  and  in  the  crabronid 
genera  Astata,  Eremiasphecium  and  Pulverro  (as  well  as 
Ammoplanops).  In  the  Ampulicidae,  this  probably  repre- 
sents a  plesiomorphic  condition,  while  in  those  crabronid 
genera,  it  is  clearly  a  secondary  derived  condition.  In  the 
cleared  specimen  of  Astata  nevadica,  the  metafurcal  arm 
has  a  cup-like  expansion  and  the  mesofurcal  arm  has  a 
callus-like  structure  (finely  fibrous)  in  the  region  where 
they  are  supposed  to  be  fused  (Fig.  15).  The  lateral  arm  of 
the  metafurca  has  also  an  additional  cup-like  expansion 
on  its  tip  and  it  is  weakly  attached  to  the  larger  cup-like 
expansion  projecting  from  the  endophragmal  (=  upper 
metapleural)  apophysis.  Dissection  of  a  specimen  of  Astata 
sp.  (Costa  Rica)  preserved  in  alcohol  showed  that  the  two 
furcal  arms  are  firmly  attached  to  each  other  and  that  the 
cup-like  expansions  of  the  metafurcal  arms  are  covered 
with  tendon-like  material  (finely  fibrous  and  whitish).  The 
KOH  treatment  probably  breaks  down  this  material,  caus- 
ing the  separation  of  the  furcal  arms.  In  the  cleared  speci- 
mens of  Pulverro  and  Eremiasphecium  sahelense,  the  lateral 
arms  of  the  metafurca  are  broad  (laminar)  and  also  sepa- 
rate from  the  mesofurcal  arms  (Fig.  16).  Apparently  the 
two  cup-like  expansions  observed  in  Astata  fused  together 
and  became  one  large  expansion  entirely  covering  each 
lateral  arm  of  the  metafurca  in  these  taxa. 

64.  Upper  margin  of  discriminal  lamella  (segment  poste- 
rior to  furcal  arms): 

(0)  narrow,  as  broad  as  remainder  of  lamella. 

(1)  expanded,  forming  a  horizontal  lamella  perpendicu- 

lar to  vertical  portion. 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
for  character  67. 

65.  Pseudophragma  of  second  phragma: 
(0)  absent  (Fig.  17). 


(1)  present  (Fig.  18). 

66.  Mesepisternum  and  metepisternum: 

(0)  not  fused  laterally. 

(1)  fused  laterally;  suture  mostly  obliterated. 

In  most  taxa,  this  fusion  is  restricted  to  the  lower  lat- 
eral parts  of  the  mesepisternum  and  metepisternum. 

67.  Medial  portion  of  mesometepisternal  suture  (between 
midcoxae): 

(0)  clearly  visible  (Fig.  59). 

(1)  mostly  obliterated  (Figs.  23,  24,  60-62). 

In  all  Apoidea,  the  mesepisternum  and  metepisternum 
are  fused  ventrally.  The  morphology  of  this  area  is  very 
complex  and  variable,  making  character  delimitation  dif- 
ficult. Brothers  and  Carpenter  (1993)  consider  loss  of  any 
sulcus  between  meso-  and  metepisterna,  ventrally,  as  part 
of  the  Apoidea  groundplan.  However,  in  Ampulicidae  and 
Heterogyna,  the  suture  is  clearly  visible  (the  two  lateral 
halves  converge  forward)  and  the  midcoxal  sockets  are 
small  and  widely  separated;  also  the  mesal  articulation  is 
closer  to  the  lateral  articulation  than  to  the  body's  mid- 
line. The  coxal  sockets  are  large  and  the  suture  is  mostly 
obliterated  only  in  the  remaining  apoids.  The  expansion 
of  the  coxal  sockets  was  apparently  accompanied  by  a 
posterior  expansion  of  the  mesokatepisternum,  forming  a 
broad  flap  covering  the  sockets  medially  (Fig.  23);  concomi- 
tantly, the  suture  is  directed  posteriorly  (in  lateral  view; 
Fig.  24).  Brothers  and  Carpenter  (1993)  also  inappropri- 
ately consider  this  condition  as  part  of  the  Apoidea 
groundplan  (see  their  Fig.  11  and  state  57-2  in  their  Ap- 
pendix IX). 

Eremiasphecium  and  the  Ammoplanini  have  a  some- 
what distinct  condition.  Their  metepisternum  is  not  pro- 
jected in  the  middle  as  a  strong  keel  continuous  with  the 
mesepisternum  (see  Fig.  62);  there  is  a  transverse  line  that 
looks  like  the  mesometepisternal  suture;  this  line  does  not 
seem  to  be  homologous  to  the  suture  and  it  is  probably  a 
structure  unique  to  these  taxa.  Despite  these  modifications, 
they  are  coded  as  having  state  (1). 

68.  Medial  flap  of  mesokatepisternum  and  condyle  of  me- 
sal midcoxal  articulation: 

(0)  flap  well  developed  and  broadly  continuous  in  the 
middle;  portion  containing  condyle  not  or  only 
slightly  projecting  (Fig.  23  and  60). 

(1)  flap  well  developed,  interrupted  in  the  middle  by  a 
deep  cleft;  condyle  close  to  midline  of  body,  but 
not  situated  at  apex  of  flap  projection. 

(2)  flap  well  developed,  interrupted  in  the  middle  by  a 
deep  cleft;  condyle  situated  at  apex  of  flap  projec- 
tion and  close  to  midline  of  body  (Fig.  61  and  62). 

(3)  flap  narrow,  interrupted  in  the  middle  by  a  deep 
cleft;  condyle  situated  at  apex  of  flap  projection  and 
well  separated  from  midline  of  body  (Fig.  53). 


18 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
for  the  preceding  character.  This  region  probably  repre- 
sents the  fusion  of  the  true  katepisternum  with  the  tro- 
chantin  [see  discussion  in  Gibson  (1993)],  since  it  seems 
more  parsimonius  to  assume  that  the  mesal  articulation  in 
the  Hymenoptera  is  homologous  to  the  trochantinal  ar- 
ticulation of  other  insects,  and  not  a  new  articulation. 

69.  Medial  portion  of  metepistenum: 

(0)  narrow,  forming  a  strong  keel  and  narrowly  fused 
to  medial  portion  of  mesokatepisternum  (anterior 
portion  of  keel  extending  through  vertical  medial 
portion  of  mesokatepisternum)  (Fig.  59-61). 

(1)  narrow,  forming  a  carina,  perpendicular  to  vertical 
medial  portion  of  mesokatepisternum  (anterior 
portion  of  carina  not  extending  through  vertical 
medial  portion  of  mesokatepisternum)  (Fig.  62). 

(2)  narrow,  but  not  forming  a  strong  keel  or  carina,  nar- 
rowly fused  to  mesokatepisternum. 

(3)  wide  and  flat,  broadly  fused  to  mesokatepisternum 
(mesometepisternal  suture  transverse  or  V-shaped 
in  ventral  view)  (Fig.  23). 

(4)  wide  and  flat,  broadly  fused  to  mesokatepisternum 

(mesometepisternal  suture  indistinct)  (Fig.  53). 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
for  Character  62  (ventral  fusion  of  meso-  and  metathora- 
ces).  Xenosphex  is  assigned  (3)  despite  the  fact  that  the 
medial  portion  of  its  metepisternum  is  mostly  vertical. 

70.  Mesocoxal  carina  1: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present  (Fig.  55-57). 

This  carina  runs  from  the  lateral  articulation  obliquely 
across  the  coxa  to  the  ventral  articulation  with  the  tro- 
chanter posteriorly  (Michener  1981).  In  some  taxa,  for  ex- 
ample Aphilanthops  and  Philanthus,  it  is  present  only  ba- 
sally  on  the  rest  of  the  coxa  being  indicated  by  a  rounded 
ridge;  contrary  to  Alexander  ( 1 992a),  I  assigned  state  ( 1 )  to 
these  taxa  (but  see  next  character). 

Michener  (1981)  assumed,  without  further  argumen- 
tation, that  the  basal  groove  on  the  coxa  of  the  Apoidea 
represents  the  separation  of  the  basicoxite  from  the  rest  of 
the  coxa  (Michener's  disticoxite)  and  that  the  mesocoxal 
carina  is  present  only  in  those  taxa  whose  basal  groove 
has  been  displaced  distally,  i.e.  taxa  in  which  an  enlarge- 
ment of  the  "basicoxite"  and  a  correlated  reduction  of  the 
"disticoxite"  occurred.  Michener's  terminology  and  ho- 
mology assessments  were  also  adopted  by  Johnson  (1988) 
for  the  rest  of  Hymenoptera.  The  Xyelidae  examined  here 
has  a  distinct  basal  suture,  certainly  homologous  to  the 
basicostal  suture  of  other  insects  as  defined  by  Snodgrass 
(1993),  delimiting  a  very  short  basicoxite.  The  other  Hy- 
menoptera examined  have  no  such  basicoxite  and  the 
basicostal  suture  seems  to  correspond  to  the  region  of  at- 


tachment of  the  membrane  connecting  the  base  of  the  coxa 
to  its  thoracic  socket.  It  is  assumed  here  that  a  basicoxite  is 
absent  from  the  Apoidea  and  that  the  mesocoxal  carina, 
therefore,  does  not  mark  the  limit  between  the  basicoxite 
and  a  disticoxite. 

71.  Mesocoxal  carina  2: 

(0)  weak,  sometimes  restricted  to  upper  half  or  indi- 
cated only  by  a  ridge  (Fig.  55). 

(1)  well  defined,  more  or  less  uniform  throughout  (Fig. 
56). 

(2)  conspicuously  enlarged,  becoming  a  lamella  toward 

lower  half  (Fig.  57). 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
in  the  preceding  character. 

72.  Basal  part  of  mesocoxa: 

(0)  more  or  less  continuous  with  rest  of  coxa  (Fig.  55-57). 

(1)  forming  a  narrow  pedicel  (coxa  pedunculate)  (Fig.  58). 

73.  Number  of  mid  tibial  spurs: 

(0)  two. 

(1)  one. 

74.  Hind  coxal  socket: 

(0)  closed  by  membrane  only. 

(1)  closed  by  a  narrow  sclerotized  bridge  connecting 
the  propodeum  to  the  metakatepisternum. 

(2)  closed  mos      by  an  enlargement  of  the  medial  por- 

tion of  the  r"  "'-katepisternum  (Fig.  23). 

75.  Socket  of  mesal  articulation  on  hindcoxa: 

(0)  away  from  ventral  surface  of  hindcoxa  (distance  to 
ventral  surface  at  least  one  half  of  distance  between 
socket  of  mesal  articulation  and  condyle  of  lateral 
articulation). 

(1)  on  ventral  surface  of  hindcoxa  or  very  close  to  it 
(Fig.  27). 

76.  Hind  coxal  carina: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present,  well  developed  but  not  forming  a  lamella. 

(2)  present,  very  strong,  forming  a  lamella  (Fig.  63). 

This  hind  coxal  lamella  is  present  in  the  Ammoplanini. 
In  several  taxa  in  this  tribe,  the  lamella  is  stronger  anteri- 
orly and  sometimes  absent  posteriorly,  forming  a  spine- 
like projection. 

77.  Paired  lobes  on  inner  side  of  hind  coxal  apex: 

(0)  subequal  in  size  and  separated  by  a  narrow  cleft. 

(1)  dorsal  lobe  large,  usually  forming  a  spatulate  pro- 
cess, ventral  lobe  small  or  absent  (Fig.  64). 

Eretniasphecium  and  the  Ammoplanini  are  assigned 
state  (1)  despite  the  fact  that  their  coxal  apices  are  practi- 
cally straight,  without  any  lobes  (see  Fig.  63).  In 
Ochleroptera,  the  lobes  are  subequal  in  size,  but  the  dorsal 
one  is  spatulate;  it  is  assigned  state  (1).  In  Heterogyna, 
Clystopsenella  and  Sierolonwrpha,  the  lobes  are  very  small 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


19 


and  separated  by  a  shallow  notch  in  the  female  and  prac- 
tically nil  in  the  male;  these  taxa  are  assigned  state  (0). 

78.  Dorsal  apical  process  on  inner  surface  of  hindcoxa: 

(0)  relatively  small,  trochanter  without  any  conspicu- 
ous depression. 

(1)  well  developed,  articulating  with  a  basal  depres- 
sion on  inner  surface  of  trochanter,  apical  edge  of 
depression  not  delimited  by  a  weak  crest  (Fig.  64). 

(2)  as  (1)  or  even  more  developed,  apical  edge  of 
trochanterical  depression  delimited  by  a  weak  crest. 

(3)  nil  (Fig.  63). 

This  character  applies  only  for  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
in  the  preceding  character.  These  modifications  of  the  coxa 
and  trochanter  are  probably  related  to  the  truncation  of 
the  femoral  apex,  since  they  are  more  developed  in  taxa 
with  such  modified  femora  (see  next  character),  like 
Entomosericus  and  Odontosphex  (also  Bothynostethus, 
Cerceris,  Oxybelus  and  a  few  other  crabronid  taxa).  These 
structures  probably  allow  the  femur  to  be  locked  in  one 
position. 

79.  Apex  of  hind  femur  (females): 

(0)  unmodified. 

(1)  broadened,  truncate. 

(2)  with  an  apical  spatulate  process. 

80.  Basitibial  plate  (females): 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

81.  Hind  tibial  bristles: 

(0)  present  (at  least  one). 

(1)  absent. 

These  bristles  correspond  to  relatively  large  and 
spiniform  setae,  in  contrast  to  the  fine  and  usually  shorter 
setae  also  present  on  the  hind  tibia.  Despite  the  large  and 
plumose  setae  on  the  hind  tibia  of  bees,  bristles  are  con- 
sidered absent  from  this  taxa;  their  plumose  setae  prob- 
ably correspond  only  to  enlargedTine  setae. 

82.  Gland  on  posterior  surface  of  hind  tibia: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present  (Figs.  65-67). 

The  presence  of  this  gland  was  initially  inferred  from 
the  distinct  micropore  field  [term  taken  from  Finnamore 
(1995)]  on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  tibia  (Figs.  65  and 
66).  Its  presence  was  confirmed  with  histological  section- 
ing only  for  Ammoplanus  (Fig.  67).  This  gland  possibly  is 
absent  from  Timberlakena,  because  there  is  no  micropore 
field  on  its  hindtibia,  except  for  a  transverse  darker  area  in 
the  region  where  the  field  is  situated  in  the  other 
Ammoplanini.  It  is  assigned  (?),  because  a  histological 
study  might  reveal  the  presence  of  the  gland. 

83.  Pterostigma: 

(0)  flat,  not  conspicuously  thickened. 


(1)  thickened  dorso-ventrally  (Figs.  72-74),  in  dry  speci- 
mens postero-medial  portion  conspicuously  con- 
vex ventrally. 

A  thickened  pterostigma  is  present  in  members  of  the 
subtribes  Pemphredonina  and  Stigmina  of  the 
Pemphredonini.  In  Stigmas,  the  pterostigma  is  greatly  en- 
larged and  both  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces  possess  a  dis- 
tinct micropore  field  (Figs.  68-71 );  under  these  fields,  there 
is  a  thick  glandular  epidermis  (Figs.  72  and  73).  This  gland 
is  probably  present  in  all  Stigmina,  because  most  of  them 
also  have  a  distinct  micropore  field  on  the  pterostigma. 
Also  a  somewhat  diffuse  micropore  field  is  present  in 
Diodontus  (Fig.  75).  The  pterostigma  of  Passaloecus  is  simi- 
larly swollen,  but  no  glandular  tissue  was  detected  (Fig.  74). 

84.  Width  of  forewing  costal  cell: 

(0)  at  least  as  wide  as  width  of  vein  C. 

(1 )  linear,  narrower  than  vein  C. 

Maximum  width  measured  perpendicular  to  costal 
margin  of  wing.  Dinctus  was  assigned  state  (0),  but  its  con- 
dition is  somewhat  intermediate  between  the  two  states. 
Lapln/ragogus  is  assigned  (?)  because  its  vein  C  is  unusu- 
ally slender. 

85.  Pterostigma  width: 

(0)  less  than  or  subequal  to  length  of  prestigma  (Sc  +  R 
distal  to  Rs). 

(1)  at  least  one  and  a  third  the  length  of  prestigma. 

Maximum  width  measured  perpendicular  to  costal 
wing  margin. 

86.  Marginal  cell: 

(0)  longer  than  pterostigma  (measured  along  vein  C) 
(Fig.  19). 

(1)  shorter  than  pterostigma  (Figs.  20-22). 

Some  species  of  Astata  have  a  marginal  cell  longer  than 
the  pterostigma,  but  the  remaining  Astatini  have  state  (1), 
including  A.  nevadica.  Considering  that  Astata  does  not 
seem  to  be  the  most  basal  lineage  within  the  tribe,  the  rela- 
tively long  marginal  cell  in  some  of  its  species  might  rep- 
resent a  derived  condition.  A  positive  correlation  between 
body  size  and  relative  length  of  the  wing  cells  has  been 
documented  for  the  Hymenoptera  (Danforth  1989).  Since 
Astata  contains  the  largest  forms  in  the  tribe,  it  is  expected 
that  they  have  longer  cells  as  well. 

87.  Segment  of  Rs  separating  1st  and  2nd  submarginal  cells: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 

The  characters  of  forewing  venation  for  Eremiasphcciuin 
were  taken  from  £.  hmgicepis  and  not  from  £.  sahelense,  be- 
cause this  latter  species  has  some  reductions  that  are  prob- 
ably not  part  of  the  groundplan  for  the  genus  [see  also  Fig. 
184G  in  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  for  the  wing  venation  of 
£.  schmiedeknechtii  Kohl].  For  Hetcrogyna,  wing  characters 
taken  from  male  of  H.  protea. 


20 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


88.  Forewing  2rs-m: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 

Present  only  as  nebulous  vein  in  Heterogyna. 

89.  Forewing  M  (distal  to  2rs-m)  and  3rs-m: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 

Present  only  as  spectral  veins  in  Sierolomorpha. 

90.  Forewing  CuAl  and  2m-cu: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent  (discal  cell  2  absent). 

Present  only  as  spectral  veins  in  Sierolomorpha. 

91.  Forewing  Rs  (anterior  to  2r-rs)  and  2rs-m: 

(0)  separated  by  Rs  (segment  distal  to  2r-rs)  anteriorly 
(Fig.  19  and  21). 

(1)  touching  anteriorly  (i.e.,  2nd  submarginal  cell 
pointed  anteriorly). 

(2)  fused  anteriorly  (i.e.,  2nd  submarginal  cell  petiolate; 
Figs.  20  and  22). 

Nitela,  Lindenius  and  Anacrabro  are  assigned  (?)  for  this 
character  because  some  of  the  veins  involved  are  absent, 
but  there  is  good  evidence  that  their  reduced  venation 
pattern  is  derived  from  lineages  with  a  petiolate  2nd  sub- 
marginal  cell. 

92.  Forewing  M  and  CuA: 

(0)  diverging  distal  to  cu-a. 

(1)  diverging  at  cu-a. 

(2)  diverging  basal  to  cu-a. 

93.  Forewing  M  +  CuA  (distal  to  cu-a): 

(0)  subequal  to  or  shorther  than  cu-a  (Fig.  21 ). 

(1)  longer  than  cu-a  (Fig.  19  and  20). 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  states  (0) 
or  (1)  in  the  preceding  character. 

94.  Forewing  M  (basal  to  Rs): 

(0)  gently  curved  or  straight  (Figs.  19,  20  and  22). 

(1)  strongly  bent  (Fig.  21). 

95.  Forewing  vein  CuA2: 

(0)  present,  reaching  vein  1A. 

(1)  much  reduced  or  absent,  not  reaching  vein  1  A. 

96.  Hindwing  C: 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 

In  Heterogyna,  Epyris  and  Clystopsenella,  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  determine  if  the  vein  along  the  costal  margin  of 
the  hindwing  represents  only  Sc+R  or  a  fusion  of  C  with 
Sc+R.  They  are  assigned  (?). 

97.  Hindwing  M: 

(0)  diverging  from  CuA  before  or  at  cu-a  (Fig.  19). 

(1)  diverging  from  CuA  after  cu-a. 


Nitela  and  Timberlakena  are  assigned  (?)  because  their 
hindwing  venation  is  very  reduced  and  parts  of  the  veins 
involved  are  lacking. 

98.  Hindwing  vein  2A: 

(0)  indicated  at  least  as  a  short  spur  on  basal  portion 
of  1A. 

(1)  absent. 

99.  Hindwing  clavus  (=  plical  lobe): 

(0)  indicated  posterodistally  by  moderate  incision. 

(1 )  indicated  by  short  incision  or  only  a  shallow  notch. 

(2)  not  indicated  posterodistally  on  wing  margin. 

100.  Jugal  lobe: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  small  to  moderately  long  and  indicated  by  dis- 
tinct incision. 

(2)  large  and  not  indicated  by  an  incision  on  wing 
margin  (fused  to  clavus). 

101.  Metapostnotum  I: 

(0)  transverse,  depressed  and  distinct  mesally  be- 
tween metanotum  and  propodeum  (or  shortened). 

(1)  strongly  expanded  posteromesally  to  form 
"propodeal  triangle." 

102.  Metapostnotum  II  (propodeal  enclosure): 

(0)  restricted  to  dorsal  surface  of  propodeum,  apex 
rounded. 

(1 )  extending  as  a  narrow  triangle  onto  posterior  sur- 
face of  propodeum,  but  for  less  than  half  the  length 
of  the  posterior  surface. 

(2)  extending  as  a  narrow  triangle  for  more  than  half 
the  length  of  the  posterior  surface,  but  not  reach- 
ing posterior  apex  of  propodeum. 

(3)  extending  as  a  narrow  triangle  to  posterior  apex 
of  propodeum. 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
in  the  preceding  character.  It  is  being  used  to  represent  an 
apparent  progressive  shortening  of  the  propodeum  and  a 
simultaneous  relative  elongation  and  posterior  narrowing 
of  the  metapostnotum  within  Apoidea. 

103.  Third  mesosomal  phragma: 

(0)  forming  a  transverse,  vertical  flange,  continuous 
or  narrowly  interrupted  in  the  middle. 

(1)  forming  only  a  narrow  medial,  transverse  flap, 
situated  at  the  apex  of  expanded  metapostnotum. 

(2)  as  (1),  but  flap  longitudinal. 

(3)  as  (1),  but  forming  a  spine-like  projection. 

(4)  absent  or  indistinctly  fused  to  metapostnotum  (ex- 
cept sometimes  for  presence  of  a  longitudinal  ca- 
rina). 

104.  Triangular  posterior  extension  of  metapostnotum: 

(0)  flat  or  forming  a  broad,  shallow  sulcus. 

(1)  forming  a  narrow,  deep  sulcus  (Fig.  76). 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


21 


This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  states  (1) 
to  (3)  for  character  102. 

105.  Metasomal  petiole: 

(0)  absent,  tergum  I  and  sternum  I  not  immovably 
fused,  suture  between  them  clearly  visible. 

(1)  present,  tergum  I  and  sternum  I  fused  anteriorly, 
portion  of  tergum  I  forming  petiole  very  reduced, 
suture  between  tergum  I  and  sternum  I  along  peti- 
ole mostly  obliterated. 

(2)  present,  tergum  I  and  sternum  I  not  fused,  scler- 
ites  subequal  in  size,  suture  between  them  clearly 
visible. 

Dolichurus  has  what  looks  like  a  very  short  petiole  and 
is  coded  as  state  (1). 

106.  Lateral  line  on  tergum  I: 

(0)  present,  sometimes  marked  as  a  weak  carina. 

(1)  absent. 

107.  Lateral  carina  on  base  of  tergum  I  (dorsal  to  lateral 
line): 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present,  basal  portion  simple. 

(2)  present,  basal  portion  protuberant. 

108.  Medial  longitudinal  ridge  on  base  of  sternum  I: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present,  more  developed  basally 

109.  Second  sternum  posteromedially: 

(0)  slightly  convex  to  flat,  basal  portion  more  or  less 
at  same  level  as  remainder  of  sclerite. 

(1)  strongly  convex,  basal  portion  distinctly  in  a  dif- 
ferent level  in  relation  to  remainder  of  sclerite, 
surface  separating  these  two  portions  almost  ver- 
tical (Fig.  28). 

This  character  is  used  to  recognize  the  distinct  condi- 
tion found  in  the  Ampulicidae.  Palarus  and  males  of 
Heliocaimis  have  sternum  II  modified  (with  transverse  and 
thick  keels),  but  differently  from  the  condition  found  in 
the  Ampulicidae.  These  two  taxa  are  assigned  state  (0)  to 
avoid  creating  autapomorphic  states  for  them. 

110.  Basal  portion  of  lateral  gradulus  of  sternum  II. 

(0)  simple,  not  modified,  or  gradulus  absent. 

(1)  laminar  and  directed  inward,  forming  a  special- 
ized articulating  surface  with  the  differentiated 
posterior  portion  of  the  lateral  edge  of  sternum  I 
(Fig.  77). 

111.  Anterior  lateral  epidermal  gland  on  sternum  II: 

(0)  situated  mesal  to  lateral  gradulus. 

(1)  situated  lateral  to  lateral  gradulus  (Fig.  78). 
Taxa  in  which  the  lateral  gradulus  is  absent,  as  well  as 

those  in  which  the  gland  could  not  be  detected,  were  coded 
as  (?). 


112.  Adult  female  silk  glands: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present,  associated  with  tergum  VI. 

(2)  present,  associated  with  sterna  IV  and  V 

See  Melo  (1997)  for  more  details  on  the  structure,  func- 
tion and  taxonomic  distribution  of  these  glands. 

113.  Female  pygidial  plate  (tergum  VI): 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

114.  Sixth  metasomal  sternum  (females): 

(0)  similar  to  other  segments,  except  for  troughlike 
vertical  side  walls. 

(1)  elongate,  forming  an  exposed  tapering  tube 
through  which  sting  is  exserted. 

115.  Apex  of  female  sternum  VI  medially: 

(0)  simple  (truncate,  slightly  rounded  or  emarginate), 
more  or  less  continuous  with  lateral  portions  of 
the  apex. 

(1)  forming  a  medial  lobe  (Fig.  79). 

(2)  with  two  pointed  projections  separated  by  a  deep 
V-emargination  (Fig.  80). 

(3)  denticulate  (Fig.  81). 

116.  Seventh  metasomal  tergum  of  female  I: 

(0)  partly  exposed  and  evenly  sclerotized. 

(1)  hidden  under  tergum  VI  and  considerably 
desclerotized. 

117.  Seventh  metasomal  tergum  of  female  II: 

(0)  two  broad,  lateral  plates  connected  anteriorly  by 
a  sclerotized  bridge. 

(1 )  as  (0),  but  bridge  displaced  toward  posterior  mar- 
gin of  tergum. 

(2)  lateral  plates  narrow  (not  sclerotized  dorsad  to  spi- 
racles), connected  by  a  narrow,  but  strongly  scle- 
rotized bridge. 

(3)  as  (2),  but  lateral  segments  of  bridge  forming  a 
90°  angle  with  dorsal  segment. 

(4)  forming  two  separate  lateral  plates  (hemitergites), 
connected  by  membrane  only. 

This  character  applies  only  to  taxa  assigned  state  (1) 
in  the  preceding  character. 

118.  Female  hemitergites  VIII: 

(0)  narrowly  connected  dorsally  by  a  sclerotized 
bridge. 

(1)  connected  by  membrane  only. 

119.  Female  gonapophyses  VIII  in  lateral  view: 

(0)  strongly  curving  downward. 

(1)  gently  curving  downward. 

(2)  straight. 

(3)  curving  upward. 

Ctenocolktes  is  assigned  (?)  because  its  sting  is  very 
reduced  (gonapophyses  widely  separated  at  their  bases). 


22 


Scientific  Papers.  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


120.  Articulation  within  gonocoxite  IX  of  female: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

121.  Male  tergum  VII: 

(0)  entire. 

(1)  with  lateral  lobes. 

122.  Male  cerci  (tergum  VIII): 

(0)  present. 

(1)  absent. 

123.  Male  sternum  VII: 

(0)  partly  exposed. 

(1)  completely  hidden  under  sternum  VI. 

124.  Apex  of  male  sternum  VIII: 

(0)  continuous  with  disk  or  forming  a  broad  and  short 
medial  lobe  (broader  than  or  as  broad  as  long). 

(1)  forming  a  medial  lobe  or  projection  longer  than 
broad,  but  less  than  3x  longer  than  wide,  relatively 
broad. 

(2)  medial  projection  more  than  3x  longer  than  wide, 
broad,  sides  diverging  distally. 

(3)  as  (2),  but  narrow  and  sides  parallel  or  converg- 
ing distally. 

(4)  with  two  long,  lateral  spiniform  projections. 

(5)  forming  three  long,  spiniform  projections. 

125.  Lateral  margin  of  projection  of  male  sternum  VIII: 

(0)  entire. 

(1)  serrate  (Fig.  82). 

(2)  with  short,  thick  bristles. 

126.  Apical  margin  of  male  sternum  VIII: 

(0)  entire. 

(1)  denticulate. 

127.  Posterior  edge  of  gonobase  foramen  (ventrally): 

(0)  close  to  bases  of  gonocoxites. 

(1)  widely  separated  from  bases  of  gonocoxites. 

128.  Volsellae: 

(0)  clearly  differentiated  from  gonocoxites. 

(1)  largely  fused  to  gonocoxites,  usually  small  or 
sometimes  apparently  absent. 

129.  Gonapophyses  of  male  genitalia  dorsally: 

(0)  connected  by  membrane  only  or  by  a  sclerotized 
bridge,  but  not  forming  a  distinct  tube. 

(1)  completely  fused,  forming  a  tube. 

Various  forms  of  sclerotized  bridges  are  found  among 
the  taxa  analyzed,  making  difficult  the  recognition  of  dis- 
crete states.  This  character  is  used  to  recognize  the  distinct 
condition  found  among  several  Crabroninae. 

130.  Apicoventral  edge  of  gonapophyses  of  male  genitalia: 

(0)  without  teeth. 

(1)  with  numerous  short  teeth. 

Sometimes,  these  teeth  are  very  inconspicuous,  like 
those  in  Mellimis  [see  illustrations  in  Menke  (1996)]. 


131.  Larval  integument: 

(0)  with  minute  spicules  or  smooth. 

(1)  with  dense,  short  spicules. 

(2)  with  dense,  conspicuous  seta-like  acanthae. 

In  the  descriptions  of  the  larva  of  Mimesa  bicolor,  Janvier 
(1956)  makes  no  reference  to  the  integument;  Mimesa  was 
coded  as  (?). 

132.  Position  of  larval  anus: 

(0)  terminal,  directed  caudad. 

(1)  ventral,  preapical,  directed  ventrad. 

133.  Larval  antennal  papillae: 

(0)  absent  (sometimes  the  orbits  are  protuberant,  but 
there  are  no  papillae). 

(1)  present,  usually  well  developed  and  conspicuous. 

134.  Larval  maxillae: 

(0)  directed  mesad  apically,  closely  associated  with 
labium  and  hypopharynx. 

(1)  projecting  apically  as  large,  free  lobes. 

135.  Larval  galea: 

(0)  large,  subequal  in  size  to  maxillary  palpus. 

(1)  small,  less  than  half  the  size  of  maxillary  palpus. 

(2)  absent. 

136.  Larval  spinneret: 

(0)  a  transverse  slit. 

(1 )  with  paired  openings,  each  at  the  end  of  a  projec- 
tion. 

(2)  absent. 

137.  Provisions  for  larvae: 

(O)Orthopteroids  (Blattodea,  Mantodea,  Phas- 
matodea  and  Orthoptera). 

(1)  Thysanoptera. 

(2)  Hemiptera  (Heteroptera  and  Homoptera) 

(3)  immature  Holometabola. 

(4)  adult  Holometabola. 

(5)  pollen. 

(6)  Araneae. 

Besides  preying  on  aphids,  Nitela  is  also  known  to  prey 
on  Psocoptera,  but  this  state  was  not  included  because, 
among  the  exemplar  taxa,  it  would  be  present  only  in  this 
genus.  Liiidenius  and  Arpactopliilus  are  assigned  more  than 
one  state.  Ni/sson  and  Eusapn/ga  are  coded  (?)  since  they  are 
cleptoparasites. 

138.  Relocation  of  larval  food: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

Chlorion  is  assigned  both  states.  Epi/ris  females  are 
known  to  relocate  their  prey,  but  this  is  an  exception  for 
bethylids;  it  is  assigned  (0). 

139.  Construction  of  a  nest  before  obtaining  larval  food: 

(0)  absent. 

(1)  present. 

Chlorion  and  Podalonia  are  assigned  both  states. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


23 


RESULTS 


Analysis  of  the  complete  data  matrix  resulted  in  four 
most  fit  cladograms  when  applying  implied  weighting. 
The  four  cladograms  differ  mainly  in  the  position  of 
Heterogyna:  three  of  them  have  Heterogyna  as  sister  group 
to  Ampulicidae  (one  is  shown  in  Fig.  1 ),  whereas  the  fourth 
has  it  as  the  sister  group  of  the  remaining  Apoidea,  ex- 
cluding Ampulicidae  (Fig.  2).  A  strict  consensus  tree  for 
these  four  cladograms  is  shown  in  Figure  3.  Under  equal 
weighting,  55  most  parsimonious  trees  were  found  (one  is 
shown  in  Fig.  5a),  and  a  strict  consensus  tree  for  the  55 
trees  is  shown  in  Figure  4a.  Successive  weighting  produced 
only  one  most  parsimonious  tree  (Fig.  6).  This  tree  is  simi- 
lar to  the  implied  weighting  trees  regarding  the  position 
of  the  main  lineages. 

Under  implied  weighting,  removal  of  Lapln/ragogus 
and  Xenosphex  from  the  data  matrix  resulted  in  only  one 
tree  (not  shown),  which  was  identical  to  the  tree  in  Figure 
1  regarding  the  composition  and  relationships  among  the 
main  lineages.  Analysis  of  the  partial  data  matrix  under 
equal  weighting  produced  eight  trees  (one  is  shown  in  Fig. 
5b),  and  a  strict  consensus  tree  for  the  eight  trees  is  shown 
in  Figure  4b.  Under  successive  weighting,  analysis  of  the 
partial  data  matrix  resulted  in  only  one  most  parsimoni- 
ous tree,  which  is  identical  to  one  of  the  trees  produced 
under  equal  weighting  (Fig.  5b). 

The  character  weights  implied  by  the  topologies  of 
implied  weighting-1  tree  1  and  implied  weighting-2  tree, 
and  the  final  weights  for  succesive  weighting-1  and  suc- 
cessive weighting-2  trees  are  listed  in  Table  4.  The  fre- 


quency distributions  for  the  character  weights  determined 
by  implied  weighting-1  tree  1  and  by  the  successive  weight- 
ing-1 tree  are  shown  in  Figure  7;  it  can  easily  be  perceived 
how  stronger  use  of  the  consistency  index  in  successive 
weighting  down-weighs  the  homoplastic  characters  com- 
pared to  the  weighting  function  employed  by  implied 
weighting. 

Table  5  presents  information  on  length,  fitness  (sensu 
Goloboff)  and  some  statistics  (consistency,  rescaled  con- 
sistency and  retention  indices)  for  the  resulting  trees  (see 
also  Figs.  1,  2,  5  and  6).  Unweighted  length  for  trees  pro- 
duced under  implied  and  successive  weighting  was  ob- 
tained from  Nona;  total  fitness  for  trees  produced  under 
equal  and  successive  weighting  were  obtained  by  import- 
ing the  trees  produced  by  Nona  and  PAUP*  into  Pee-Wee 
and  then  executing  the  command  fit.  The  total  fitness  for 
the  55  trees  produced  under  equal  weighting  varies  from 
695.5  to  697.0. 

Only  unambiguous  changes  were  plotted  in  the  cla- 
dograms shown  in  Figures  1 ,  2,  5  and  6.  Some  of  the  am- 
biguous changes  could  have  been  resolved  on  a  one  to  one 
basis,  especially  for  characters  with  a  low  number  of  alter- 
native optimizations,  but  for  several  characters  the  num- 
ber of  possible  optimizations  is  so  numerous  that  choos- 
ing any  of  them  would  be  extremely  arbitrary.  Also,  no 
restrictions  in  relation  to  character  irreversibility  were 
imposed;  however,  changes  in  a  few  characters,  as  for  ex- 
ample in  Characters  73  and  122,  probably  should  have  been 
optimized  as  irreversible. 


DISCUSSION 


Choice  of  Analytical  Method 


Considering  that  the  different  parsimony  methods 
produced  conflicting  arrangements  involving  the  major 
lineages  being  investigated,  one  could  manifest  no  prefer- 
ence for  any  of  the  specific  results  and  then  make  use  of 
only  those  components  common  to  the  different  arrange- 
ments. Nevertheless,  I  prefer  to  argue  in  favor  of  using 
one  of  the  parsimony  methods  over  the  others  and  then 
make  use  of  all  components  present  in  the  resulting  tree 
(or  set  of  trees)  produced  by  application  of  this  method. 

The  major  contrast  among  the  methods  used  here  in- 
volves use  or  not  of  differential  weights  for  the  characters 
during  tree  search.  Character  weighting  has  always  been 
a  controversial  issue  (e.g.,  Kluge  1998),  despite  the  frequent 
assumption  that  characters  are  not  all  equally  informative 
(e.g.,  Farris  1983,  Swofford  et  al.  1996,  Goloboff  1993).  Ex- 
plicit a  priori  weighting  of  morphological  characters  has 
been  strongly  criticized  because  of  its  intrinsically  subjec- 
tive and  arbitrary  nature;  however,  characters  are  usually 


differentially  weighted  before  reaching  the  stage  of  data 
analysis,  although  this  is  not  always  realized.  The  process 
of  character  selection,  for  example,  is  a  form  of  attributing 
different  weights  to  the  potential  characters,  the  ones  se- 
lected receiving  weight  one  and  the  ones  left  out  receiving 
weight  zero.  Not  considering  cases  where  potential  char- 
acters are  overlooked,  what  is  assumed  to  be  random  varia- 
tion among  the  exemplar  taxa  is  usually  neglected  as  a 
source  of  informative  characters.  The  problem  of  selecting 
genes  showing  an  amount  of  sequence  divergence  "ap- 
propriate" for  resolving  relationships  among  taxa  in  a 
study  using  molecular  data  (e.g.,  Graybeal  1994,  Simon  et 
al.  1994)  is  another  example  of  weighting  equivalent  to  the 
initial  differential  selection  of  morphological  characters. 

The  main  reason  why  characters  are  assumed  to  be 
uneven  regarding  their  phylogenetic  informational  con- 
tent is  because  they  can  evolve  at  different  rates.  In  a  study 
involving  a  large  number  of  taxa,  the  characters  selected 
will  certainly  have  changed  at  different  rates  during  the 


24 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


snuiiiairtj  7  7  7  7  7  ;  *t ■  f  7  7  7  7 


X3L]d$0U8X-+-*. 


smeied   7 7i7  .7 


9  JjSSS"7"-"7  ^ 
epojAn  77?T  7777't 


eiaiiN    T77r 


'  3 33  o  ^  5  2  "^  3 

iT  i'  7  "  7  T  7  7  7 


snjuepun   7^7^1 


>  ;.-i:  ■■,[■!■  ,  _e- 


eiuoiepod   7777777 


♦ 


© 


m 


sn6o6ejALjde-)- 


-' 


® 


sniauig  T7  7"' 





® 


© 


snqiue|iu|d-^ 


sdOLjiueiiqdv 


© 


ejaidojamoQ- 


snsneooi|an  777 
r  ^v99*"?t?Ti 

,     ,OrSai<r)(Tii©irii 


14-1 
17-1 
33-1 

46-0 
49-0     '. 
50-1 
56-0     - 
58-5 
60-1     : 
70-0 
79-2 
96-1 
99-2 
102-0   1 
127-1 

££2 

fsniiioaqinan     7  7  7  7*77 

(s) 


© 


snw6iis 


snujensejed 


sejenl 


uopajL|duj8d. 


77  7  7  7 

© 


euaujO|ids- 


sniigdopediy  77 


>  •?  <i"  v  3  v -r  t  -  5  S  2 

1   1  1   t  1  7  7  7  7  7  7 


© 


® 


oiny 


© 


esawiiAj 

*7*7  9<?  9^2.3 

snouasoiuoiug    7  7  7  7  7  7-+h- 


© 


xaqdsoiuopo  T^TTt" 

__7^9 


© 


eua^enaqwLL- 


snue|dOLULuv_ 


„  w  ^  v<?  7  9  9  -  7  t  t  J. 
7  |J  i  7  7  *  4  i  7  i  i  «'  7 


9  <m  n,  -  -  -  -  T  <?  * 

t  t  t  i  i  i  t  7  7 ' 


d 


UJnioaijdsBiLijajg. 


© 


SUA60J813H    7777»f»SS;S'^ 


eujojoiegdv^. 


© 


xaindiuy. 


-«- «  -H 


© 


© 


m 


© 


snpnemueuoQ  7  7??^'?^ 


A  A     5 

eudoipuo~|    ,  ,  ,  , 


saiaiioQouaio  7777 


sidejadsaH 

-SSI? 


eimo^domuy   7  ~>  7 


N  rg  «  «  «  ^  ,-  T  5 

*  7  7  i  7  7  7  7  7 


© 


© 


© 


© 


a. 
| 

bo 
c 


C 


0J 

60 
E 
IB 


3 
O 

IS 

s 

ns 
C 
3 
>, 

"c 
O 


a. 

E 

o 

u 

or 

= 

X 

IX 

ID 

S 

■rt 

O) 

D 

q 

1* 

Ol 

T) 

C 

3 

T) 

Ol 

U 

3 

•o 

-■ 

ft. 

(A 

B 

£ 

Ol 

(A 

£ 

h-. 

o 

CTn 

1  , 

in 

o 

01 

£ 

5 

w 

J5 

5 

m 

Of 

01 

X, 

h 

Ol 

= 

on 

o 

c 

'_. 

x 

Si 

on 

(/l 

^ 

TJ 

0> 

u 

in 

U 

Ol 

C 

G 

9 

o 

z 

Ol 

c 
O 

T3 

3 

a 

■- 

DC 

Oi 

J- 

Major  Lineages  ofApoidea 


25 


euA6oja)8H    V  7  7/ £-5 


eiaiiN    7  7  V  V"  ?  ?  7  7  7  7  T  T  T  7 


sniuapun    7  7T?f?7'i'77T7 


epojA")    777777  ■ 


sninoouaid  -t. 

16-2 

32-4      ■ 

39-1 

■49-2      ■ 
■61-1      ■ 

88-1 

89-1 
■90-1 
■93-1 
■107-1 

T  ^(6  J)OIN 

3jqejoeuv 

sn6o6ej/\nden_ 


enaaBueis- 


sssll 

16-2 
24-1 
74-2 

103-2 
130-1 

uouomoi 

CO 

N, 9 

xagdsouax   7"f »», 


DQ- 


sdomueitgdv 


T  T  T  9  99  T  T  T  '".'  ^.  - 

o  r-ul  J  ID  31  O  (C  'i-  ■:    "-■    - 

ejaidojaiipo   777  7  77T f  TT77 


snsneooi|8H- 


J><r,,J,d>-S 

«<M 

. 

■4  si^ifliiiiiioodiiDjiON 

snimaqiuag    7  7  f  ?7  7 

snm6i)S   77? .  -r-rltlZ 

1    O  £MO  n  in  o 

777777 


3?s 


iisejbhI 


snLu6nsejBd' 

U0p9jqdLU9cJ_ 

snoao|BSSBd_£. 


'7777 


BU9LU0|ldS_ 


sn|iqdopedJv- 


snoijgsoLuoiuj    7  V  7  . 


7  i  >  7  7  1 


xaqdsoiuopo    777T7 


o^jcioii- 


eu9>(BMaquJ!i_7l 
snueidoujiuy    7 7 777' 


2TTTT^.6,^ 


Luni39L|dsBiujaj3_ 


euioioigLidv-^ 
snjnL)Oi|oa_7-7- 
xaindmy    7  7  7  V  I  7  'i 


T-79963 


BJB1SV- 


snpnemueuoQ   777 
eudoipucn_£4- 


sidBjadsaH    7  7  7  V  7  T  f ; 


B|njou,domuv 


■7  T  <£>  to  »-■  incNi4't£(£5<icN^ 


t    t     I    t    t    t    t    t    t 


3 
2 
c 


-a 
c 


c 


3 
o 

s, 

1 

cc 
C 
3 
S^ 

c 
O 

£ 

a 


01 

"5. 


be 
C 
■43 

■a 

T3 

01 

a. 


01 

-a 
c 
3 
■a 


o 

C 


60 

.5 


5 


6   - 

'S. 

E   J5 


26 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


evolutionary  history  of  the  clades  involved,  and  therefore 
will  be  appropriate  to  resolve  relationships  at  distinct  hi- 
erarchical levels.  In  this  case,  characters  should  not  com- 
pete on  an  equal  basis  in  a  parsimony  analysis,  unless 
someone  had  a  way  to  guarantee  that  the  characters  used 
were  always  represented  proportionally  to  the  weights 
they  deserve.  But,  as  this  cannot  be  done,  and  because  there 
is  no  way  to  know  a  priori  what  the  rates  of  change  for 
these  characters  are,  one  has  to  rely  on  other  types  of  in- 
formation to  formulate  a  weighting  scheme. 

The  amount  of  homoplasy  exhibited  by  a  character  in 
a  given  topology  has  been  suggested  as  the  only  type  of 
information  that  can  defensibly  be  considered  an  appro- 
priate criterion  for  weighting  characters  differentially 
(Goloboff  1993).  As  already  explained  above,  the  two 
weighting  methods  employed  here,  implied  and  succes- 
sive weighting,  use  the  degree  of  homoplasy  of  the  char- 
acters in  their  weighting  functions.  One  fundamental  dif- 
ference between  implied  and  successive  weighting  is  that 
in  the  former  method  calculation  of  the  appropriate 
weights  is  carried  out  simultaneously  with  search  for  the 
most  parsimonious  trees,  whereas  in  the  latter  method,  the 
weights  are  calculated  after  each  search  run,  in  an  itera- 
tive process.  This  reliance  on  tree  topologies  obtained  pre- 
viously to  weight  computation,  in  particular  for  the  start- 
ing point,  makes  successive  weighting  less  desirable  as  a 
weighting  method  when  compared  to  implied  weighting 
(Goloboff  1993).  The  influence  of  the  starting  trees  is  well 
illustrated  here  by  the  discrepant  results  produced  by  suc- 
cessive weighting  for  the  complete  and  partial 
(Laphyragogus  and  Xenosplwx  excluded)  data  matrices  (com- 
pare Figs.  5b  and  6). 

One  problem  associated  with  both  implied  and  suc- 
cessive weighting  is  that  each  character  is  assigned  a  fixed 
weight  to  be  applied  for  any  type  of  change  within  that 
character  (see  e.g.,  Horovitz  and  Meyer  1995),  as  well  as 
for  all  sections  of  a  given  topology.  If  different  types  of 
changes  within  the  same  character  occur  at  different  rates 
or  if  the  rates  vary  among  the  different  clades  being 
sampled,  then  these  weighting  procedures  will  be  insensi- 
tive to  the  distinct  sources  of  potential  homoplasy.  This 
type  of  problem  is  probably  less  relevant  for  studies  using 
morphological  characters  than  for  those  using  molecular 
data,  for  example  DNA  sequence  information. 

Taking  into  consideration  the  issues  discussed  above, 
the  results  obtained  under  implied  weighting  (see  Figs.  1- 
3)  are  being  favored  over  the  results  of  the  other  methods 
employed  here  (equal  and  successive  weighting;  see  Figs. 
4-6).  The  tree  shown  in  Figure  1  will  be  used  throughout 
the  remainder  of  the  present  work  as  a  basis  to  discuss  the 
phylogenetic  relationships  among  the  taxa  involved,  and 
also  to  propose  the  classification  being  adopted  here.  The 


tE 


CEpyris 
Clystopsenella 

Rhopalosoma 

Sierolomorpha 

Eusapyga 

Notocyphus 

Heterogyna 

Aphelotoma 

Ampulex 

Dolichurus 

Conanthalictus 

Lonchopria 

Ctenocolletes 

Anthophorula 

Hesperapis 

Mellinus 

Dinetus 

Xenosphex 

Laphyragogus 

Palarus 

Lyroda 

Plenoculus 

Anacrabro 

CLindenius 
Nitela 

Astata 

Eremiasphecium 

Pulverro 

Ammoplanus 

Timberlakena 

Odontosphex 

Entomosericus 

Pluto 

Mimesa 

Psenulus 

CArpactophilus 
Spilomena 
CParastigmus 
Stigmus 
Diodontus 
Passaloecus 
Pemphredon 
Nysson 
Bembecinus 
Didmeis 
Hoplisoides 

CHeliocausus 
Ochleroptera 
CAphilanthops 
Philanthus 
Chlonon 
Stangeella 
Palmodes 
Podalonia 


Fig.  3.     Strict  consensus  tree  of  the  four  most  fit  trees  produced 
under  implied  weighting  {complete  data  matrix). 

relationships  among  the  clades  given  family  status  here 
are  shown  in  Figure  8. 

Apoidea  and  its  basal  clades 

The  monophyly  of  the  Apoidea,  under  its  present  com- 
position, was  already  demonstrated  by  Brothers  and  Car- 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


27 


-c 


-c 


Epyris 

Clystopsenella 

Eusapyga 

Sierolomorpha 

Notocyphus 

Rhopalosoma 

-Heterogyna 

-Mellinus 


^ 


-d 


■c 


c 


Astata 

Eremiasphecium 

Pulverro 

Ammoplanus 

Timberlakena 

Bembecinus 

Hophsoides 

Didineis 

Nysson 

Heltocausus 

Ochleroptera 

Arpactophilus 

Spilomena 

Diodontus 

Passaloecus 

Pemphredon 

Parastigmus 

Stigmus 

Anthophorula 

Hesperapis 

Conanthalictus 

Ctenocolletes 

Lonchopria 

—  Laphyragogus 

—  Palarus 

—  Dinetus 
— Xenosphex 

—  Plenoculus 

—  Lyroda 

—  Nitela 

CAnacrabro 
Lindenius 
— Odontosphex 
Entomosencus 
Pluto 
Mimesa 
Psenulus 

CAphilanthops 
Philanthus 
Chlonon 
Stangeella 
Palmodes 
Podalonia 
Aphelotoma 
Ampulex 
Dohchurus 


-c 


B 


■c 


■c 


■c; 


c 


-c 


Epyris 

Clystopsenella 

Eusapyga 

Sierolomorpha 

Notocyphus 

Rhopalosoma 

Heterogyna 

Mellinus 

Bembecinus 

Hophsoides 

Didineis 

Nysson 

Heliocausus 

Ochleroptera 

Astata 

Eremiasphecium 

Pulverro 

Ammoplanus 

Timberlakena 

Arpactophilus 

Spilomena 

Diodontus 

Passaloecus 

Pemphredon 

Parastigmus 

Stigmus 

Dinetus 

Palarus 

Plenoculus 

Lyroda 

Nitela 

Anacrabro 

Lindenius 

Anthophorula 

Hesperapis 

Ctenocolletes 

Conanthalictus 

Lonchopria 

Odontosphex 

Entomosencus 

Pluto 

Mimesa 

Psenulus 

Aphilanthops 

Philanthus 

I Chlonon 

-\      | Stangeella 

—      I —  Palmodes 
I —  Podalonia 

-  Dolichurus 
-Ampulex 

-  Aphelotoma 


c 


Fig.  4.     A. — Strict  consensus  tree  of  the  55  most  parsimonious  trees  produced  under  equal  weighting  (complete  data  matrix).  B. — Strict  consen- 
sus tree  of  the  eight  most  parsimonious  trees  produced  under  equal  weighting  (partial  data  matrix). 


penter  (1993).  In  the  present  work,  seven  unambiguous 
changes  support  the  monophyly  of  the  Apoidea  (Branch 
l,Fig.l): 

(1)  pronotum  with  posterolateral  angle  reduced  above 
spiracular  lobe  (37-1); 

(2)  ventral  angle  of  pronotum  considerably  produced 
mesad(38-l); 


(3)  pronotum  with  a  pair  of  lateral,  oblique  ridges  (40-1 ); 

(4)  prepectus  immovably  fused  to  mesepisternum,  su- 
ture between  them  completely  obliterated  (57-2); 

(5)  interf ureal  muscle  absent  (62-1); 

(6)  metapostnotum  expanded  posteromesally  to  form 
"propodeal  triangle"  (101-1); 

(7)  larval  food  relocated  (138-1). 


28 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


sdomueiigdv- 


sn|nuasd-+ 


"7 


omid- 

snouasoiuoju3_^?^^: 


xagdsoiuopo    TTTfTT 


ojqejoeuv- 

-  7  g  -  t  -  9  7  9  v  • 

o  e  oi  o  ■-"  s  '■  ^  -  u 


epojX-]    7T?71 


xagdsouax- 

sniauig    f  f  7  V  V  ; 


sn6o6ejALjdB-i_ 


eudoijouoi  ,j?f ,  9^ 
saianooouaio 
snpiiemueuoo   7 V? 


sidBjadsai-i  7/7 VTT 
eiruogdoifluv    7  7  V  7  7  i  v"  H 


*  i  *  *  »  *  t 


smnipiioQ    7  7  V  7  T  "i 

va|nrimy     7  7  7  V  f  7  7  . 


BLUO)0|3LjdV-* 


snuj6|is_ 


i-*-!  T9-79T.S 

I £«SSS- 


sntuGiisejEcjl 

u opaj L)d lu aj    7^7777 


snoaotBssed- 


EU3LUO|ldS_ 


sniiLjdopBdjy  7?-££ 


eua>|B|jaquji_i. 

9^TTT 
QniiP|Hnimny     7  7  ?  f  f 


■*■  * *■  H 


LunosLjdSBiujajg. 


BiBisy  ??T'T 


T-79T999T-rT^^^A 

ejaidojamoo    7  7  7  ,T  7  7  f'f  7  T  7  7  7 


.  .  -:  9  ■?  ~  t  t  i  A  J 

.     i   on(MO'-?o-r 

uossAn    TTTTTTTTTTT 


"  i  -    t 


^  r<  9  7  T 


sapouj|ed3 

B||336ueis-I- 

_,TT9i 

ilsl 

uo 

JQWO  7TT 

< 

sapiosi|dOH- 
snuioaqiuag- 


kA^-iju^c   —   cnaba 


euABojsiaH    7"  i 


3 
O 

3 

I 

C 

_>. 
C 

O 


"5, 

S 
o 


J3 
op 
'3 


3 
CP 


73 
C 
3 


3 

-a 
o 


o 
-c 

c 

01 


be 
c 

be 

"3 

5 


3 


3 

o 


e 

c  3 

'tfi     u 

IS  a 

Q.  a; 

s  a 

j=  a. 

~     3 
G    S 

C    .S 
O     OJ 

E  & 

c 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


29 


snifluenMd 
sdou,iue|iu,dv  — 


3Z2SSssss 


S2£5 


omid  - 

snouasouioiu3  - 


snpnemuGuoQ  - 


saiaiioaouajQ 
sidejads3H 


.: 


T-T--"H>SSft«»--- 


sniuapun  — — 

ojqejoeuv 

e|a,,N    777? 


BpOiA")  - 


T  V  lib  t£  &  S  --    Or.    - 


co- 


snm6iis    "'i  T79T9-: 

"  A  fc  Z.  «  2 


sniuSiisejej 


uopajLjdujScj 


sniuopoia— ' 


EU3U10|ldS  - 


snundopedjv- 
EU8i|e|jaquJ!j_  -++■ 


snueidoaimv  - 


BLuoiO|aL|dv  - 


ujnio8L|dseiiu3J3  - 


"tAo  JioN 


*SSg 


ejaidojaiqoo  - 


snsneoot|9H- 


uossAn  - 


■i  '--'litl  jjoooAc 


=  £$$8 


sapoujied  — ' 


:zss 


CO 


S3plOSI|dOH  - 

snuioaqiuag  - 


Vjj:::' 


-  t  t  t  9  ,y°n 


\  i  s  i  £ 


euA6oja)9H  - 


3 
O 

5, 
s 

(0 


13 


c 


60 


& 


13 
C 
3 


3 
73 
O 


O 

X 

c 


BO 
C 

■3 

■a 
1 


§• 


3 

". 

C 

O 

C 

tj 

(0 

u 

CL- 

<n 

O 

■'j 

fa 

OJ 

X 

bO 

X 

OJ 

ra 

Of 

c^ 

- 

o 

5 

c 

O 

QJ 

X 

m 

T3 

w 

v> 

£ 

W) 

30 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


eja»doj3|ij30 


uossAn 


xaindwv- 


eujoioiaijdv  — 
srunipnoa 


euaneijaquuij. 
snueidoujiuv    »■•  ? " 


e 1 1 aa6u e is  -£* 

K»i 

*?  *7  T  •i' 9  S  <5 

3~~ 

uo 

jomo-^- 

CD 

73 
01 


3 

I 
C 


73 
C 


01 

C 


3 
I 

1 

C 

3 
>> 

"5 
O 


b 

18 

s 

« 

73 

Jli 

s 

o 


o 

-c 

tc 
c 

_0j 
60 

c 

■J3 

'53 


73 
C 
3 

■8 

u 

3 
73 


00 


snpneijiueuoo 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


31 


Table  4 
sive  weight! 
ing  their  qu; 

.  Final  weights  for  characters  after 

implied  (iw 

■)  and  succes- 

Table  4  continued 

rig  analyses  (sw)  and  their  approximate  ciassincanon  regara- 
ilitative  or  quantitative  nature  (N). 

Character 

iwl  tree  1 

iwl  tree  4 

iw2  tree 

swl  tree 

sw2  tree     N 

62 
63 

10.0 
5.0 

10.0 
6.0 

10.0 
5.0 
3.3 

10 
3 

1 

10 
3 

Character 

iwl  tree  1 

iwl  tree  4 

iw2  tree 

swl  tree 

sw2  tree     N 

Ql 

Ql 

Am 

1 

3.3 

3.7 

3.3 

2 

2 

Qt' 

64 

3.3 

3.7 

1 

2 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

3 

3 

cc: 

65 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

Ql 

3 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

QP 

66 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

4 

2.0 

2.0 

2.1 

1 

2 

Ql 

67 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

CC 

5 

2.7 

2.7 

2.7 

2 

2 

Ql 

68 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

5 

5 

CC 

6 

7.5 

10.0 

10.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

69 

2.7 

2.5 

3.0 

3 

4 

CC 

7 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

3 

3 

Ql 

70 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

2 

2 

Ql 

8 

3.3 

3.3 

3.7 

1 

2 

Qt 

71 

2.7 

3.0 

2.7 

2 

2 

CC 

9 

2.3 

2.3 

2.3 

1 

1 

Qt 

72 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

2 

2 

Ql 

10 

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

1 

1 

Ql 

73 

3.7 

4.2 

4.2 

2 

3 

Ql 

11 

2.5 

2.3 

2.5 

2 

2 

Qt 

74 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

7 

7 

Ql 

12 

2.3 

2.3 

2.3 

2 

2 

Qt 

75 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

3 

CC 

13 

4.2 

3.7 

4.2 

2 

2 

Ql 

76 

2.1 

2.1 

2.0 

2 

2 

CC 

14 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

2 

2 

Ql 

77 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

3 

3 

Ql 

15 

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

3 

2 

Qt 

78 

2.7 

3.0 

2.7 

3 

3 

CC 

16 

2.0 

1.8 

2.0 

2 

2 

Qt 

79 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

4 

4 

Ql 

17 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

3 

3 

Ql 

80 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

18 

1.4 

1.3 

1.5 

1 

1 

Qt 

81 

3.3 

3.3 

3.3 

1 

1 

Ql 

19 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

3 

3 

Qt 

82 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

20 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

2 

2 

Qt 

83 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

CC 

21 

1.4 

1.2 

1.4 

1 

1 

Qt 

84 

4.2 

3.7 

4.2 

2 

2 

Qt 

22 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

4 

4 

Qt 

85 

6.0 

6.0 

6.0 

3 

3 

Qt 

23 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

2 

2 

Qt 

86 

6.0 

6.0 

6.0 

3 

3 

Qt 

24 

3.3 

3.3 

3.7 

1 

2 

Qt 

87 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

25 

3.0 

3.0 

2.7 

2 

2 

Qt 

88 

6.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

26 

2.5 

2.5 

2.7 

1 

1 

Am4 

89 

4.2 

3.7 

3.3 

1 

2 

Ql 

27 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

2 

2 

Ql 

90 

3.7 

3.3 

3.0 

1 

1 

Ql 

28 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

91 

3.3 

3.3 

3.7 

3 

3 

CC 

29 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

3 

Qt 

92 

2.3 

2.3 

2.5 

2 

2 

Qt 

30 

3.7 

3.3 

3.7 

2 

2 

Qt 

93 

5.0 

3.7 

4.2 

2 

2 

Qt 

31 

2.7 

2.7 

2.7 

1 

1 

Qt 

94 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

CC 

32 

1.5 

1.4 

1.5 

3 

3 

cc 

95 

6.0 

6.0 

6.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

33 

1.7 

1.7 

1.8 

1 

1 

Ql 

96 

2.3 

2.3 

2.5 

1 

1 

Ql 

34 

2.5 

2.5 

2.5 

3 

4 

CC 

97 

2.5 

2.3 

2.5 

1 

1 

Qt 

35 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

3 

Ql 

98 

3.3 

3.3 

3.3 

1 

1 

Ql 

36 

2.7 

2.5 

2.5 

1 

1 

Ql 

99 

1.7 

2.0 

1.8 

1 

1 

Qt 

37 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

100 

3.7 

3.3 

5.0 

3 

3 

Qt 

38 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

CC 

101 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

39 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

3 

3 

Ql 

102 

1.5 

1.6 

1.6 

2 

2 

CC 

40 

2.3 

2.1 

2.3 

1 

1 

Ql 

103 

6.0 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

CC 

41 

3.0 

3.0 

33 

2 

3 

CC 

104 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

42 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

105 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

4 

4 

Ql 

43 

7.5 

7.5 

10.0 

7 

10 

CC 

106 

3.3 

3.3 

3.3 

1 

1 

Ql 

44 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

CC 

107 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

4 

3 

Ql 

45 

2.1 

2.1 

2.1 

1 

1 

Ql 

108 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

Ql 

46 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

3 

3 

Ql 

109 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

CC 

47 

6.0 

6.0 

6.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

110 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

48 

7.5 

7.5 

' 

5 

10 

Qt 

111 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

Ql 

49 

2.1 

2.0 

2.0 

2 

2 

CC 

112 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

50 

3.3 

3.3 

3.3 

3 

3 

Qt 

113 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

2 

2 

Ql 

51 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Qt 

114 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

Qt 

52 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

2 

Ql 

115 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

6 

6 

Ql 

53 

1.8 

1.8 

1.8 

2 

2 

CC 

116 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

54 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

3 

3 

Ql 

117 

2.5 

2.5 

2.5 

3 

3 

CC 

55 

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

1 

1 

Ql 

118 

2.7 

2.7 

2.7 

1 

1 

Ql 

56 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

Ql 

119 

1.7 

1.5 

1.7 

2 

2 

CC 

57 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

7 

7 

CC 

120 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

58 

2.1 

2.1 

2.1 

3 

3 

CC 

121 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

5 

5 

Ql 

59 

1.7 

1.7 

1.8 

3 

3 

CC 

122 

2.5 

2.5 

2.5 

1 

1 

Ql 

60 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

123 

2.7 

2.7 

2.7 

1 

1 

Ql 

hi 

3.0 

2.7 

3.0 

1 

1 

Ql 

124 

1.6 

In 

1.7 

3 

3 

Qt 

32 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


Table  4  continued 


Character 

iwl  tree  1 

iwl  tree  4 

iw2  tree 

swl  tree 

sw2  tree 

N 

125 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

4 

4 

Ql 

126 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

10 

10 

Ql 

127 

2.5 

2.7 

2.7 

1 

1 

Qt 

128 

7.5 

7.5 

10.0 

5 

5 

cc 

129 

6.0 

6.0 

6.0 

3 

3 

Ql 

130 

3.7 

3.7 

4.2 

2 

2 

Ql 

O 

131 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

7 

7 

Ql 

132 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

5 

5 

Ql 

-C 

133 

3.7 

3.7 

3.7 

1 

1 

Qt 

o 

134 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

5 

5 

Am 

1_ 

135 

2.5 

2.5 

2.5 

2 

2 

Qt 

E 

136 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

7 

5 

Ql 

137 

3.0 

2.7 

3.3 

5 

5 

Ql 

*L 

138 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

3 

3 

Ql 

139 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

3 

3 

Ql 

1  2  3  4 

Quantitative;  "Complex;    Qualitative;    Ambiguous;  "Character  unin- 
formative. 

Brothers  and  Carpenter's  (1993)  study  was  not  intended 
to  resolve  the  relationships  among  the  major  lineages  of 
Apoidea,  but  they  did  analyze  and  discuss  the  relations 
among  three  major  groups:  Heterogynaidae,  "sphecids,"  and 
"apids."  Their  "sphecids"  were  composed  of  taxa  here  placed 
in  Ampulicidae,  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  and  Crabronidae, 
and  their  "apids"  included  representatives  of  the  major  lin- 
eages of  bees  [Apidae  (sensu  lato)].  Listing  of  the  exemplar 
taxa  can  be  found  in  Brothers  (1975).  Some  of  their  analyses 
have  Heterogynaidae  as  the  basal  lineage  of  Apoidea, 
whereas  in  others,  the  "apids"  are  at  the  base.  These  authors 
suggest  that  placement  of  Hetero-gynaidae  as  the  basal  lin- 
eage should  be  preferred  because  this  is  the  result  obtained 
when  family  groundplans  are  analyzed,  and  also  because 
Heterogxjna  assumes  a  more  basal  position  than  the  bees  in 
Alexander's  (1992a)  study.  In  this  latter  study  the  analysis 
including  Heterogi/na  resulted  in  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  as 
sister  group  of  Ampulicidae,  and  both  taxa  forming  the  basal 
clade  of  Apoidea;  Heterogi/na  is  at  the  base  of  a  large  clade 
containing  the  remaining  apoids  [see  Fig.  10  of  Alexander 
(1992a)]. 


35  - 


30 


<5   25- 


20  - 


15  - 


10 


5  - 


[l 


>1        1 


5        6 
Weight 


10 


Fig.  7.  Frequency  distributions  for  the  character  weights  deter- 
mined by  implied  weighting  for  implied  weighting-1  tree  1  (gray  bars) 
and  by  successive  weighting  for  the  successive  weighting-1  tree  (open 
bars).  See  Table  4  for  individual  character  values. 


Brothers  and  Carpenter's  (1993)  preferred  cladogram 
(their  Fig.  11)  indicates  the  following  synapormophies  for 
the  Apoidea  excluding  Heterogynaidae,  i.e.  for  a  putative 
clade  formed  by  Ampulicidae,  Sphecidae  s.str.,  Apidae  s.l. 
and  Crabronidae  (numbers  in  square  brackets  refer  to  their 
character  numbering;  see  their  Appendix  VI): 

(1)  meso-  and  metatibial  spurs  dorsally  flattened  and 
elongate  with  few  or  no  teeth  on  margins  [126-2]; 

(2)  prey  relocated,  no  nest  construction  (or  nest  con- 
structed but  not  closed,  or  pre-existing  cavity  closed 
off)  [180-1]; 


Table  5.  Total  fitness,  length  and  statistics  for  the  trees  produced  by  the  three  parsimony  methods.  Set  1  refers  to  the  analyses  involving  all  54 
exemplar  taxa,  while  Set  2  refers  to  the  analyses  in  which  Lapliyragogus  and  Xenosphex  were  excluded.  Number  of  resulting  trees  indicated  in  paren- 
theses. 


Implied  weighting 

Equal 

weighting 

Successive 

weighting 

Set  1  (4) 

Set  2(1) 

Set  1  (55) 

Set  2  (8) 

Set  1  (1) 

Set  2(1) 

Total  Fitness 

711.0 

714.3 

695.5-697.0 

701.4-702.1 

700.4 

702.1 

Total  Length 

906-920 

889 

880 

849 

887 

849 

Consistency  Index 

0.23-0.24 

0.24 

0.25 

0.25 

0.24 

0.25 

Rescaled  CI 

0.13-0.14 

0.14 

0.15 

0.15 

0.14 

0.15 

Retention  Index 

0.57-0.58 

0.57 

0.59 

0.60 

0.59 

0.60 

Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 
Apidaes.1.  Evans  (1964a) 


33 


-  Crabronidae 

■  Sphecidae  s.str. 

■  Heterogynaidae 
•  Ampulicidae 

■  Apidae  s.l. 

■  Crabronidae 
Sphecidae  s.str. 
Heterogynaidae 
Ampulicidae 


Fig.  8.  Cladograms  summarizing  the  relationships  among  the 
Apoidea  clades  given  family  status  here.  See  Fig.  1  for  component  taxa. 
Ampulicidae  corresponds  to  branch  4;  Heterogynaidae,  branch  5; 
Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto),  branch  6;  Crabronidae,  branch  8;  and  Apidae 
(sensu  lato),  branch  9  in  Fig.  1. 

(3)  mesocoxa  subdivided  by  a  broad  sulcus  into  large 
basicoxite  and  disticoxite  and  mesocoxal  cavities 
large  and  approximated  or  narrowly  separated 
medially  [193-0]. 

The  1  st  and  3rd  characters  above  are  not  valid  because 
Ampulicidae  has  basically  the  same  morphology  as 
Heterogyna.  The  second  synapomorphy  depends  on 
Heterogyna  having  a  parasitoid  life  style,  with  no  reloca- 
tion of  prey;  however,  nothing  is  known  of  its  biology. 
Brothers  and  Carpenter  (1993)  have  suggested  that  because 
of  their  brachypterous  condition,  females  in  this  group  are 
unlikely  to  move  their  prey  from  where  it  is  captured  and 
paralyzed.  However,  considering  that  Ampulicidae  relo- 
cate their  prey  on  foot,  instead  of  carrying  it  on  flight  as 
most  of  the  remaining  apoids  do,  it  is  possible  then  that 
Heterogyna  behaves  in  the  same  way.  Also,  Day  (1984) 
speculated  that  the  modifications  of  the  female's  tergum 
VI  and  sting  gonocoxites  could  be  adaptations  for  prey 
transport. 


Bembicinae 

Philanthinae 

Astatinae 

Pemphredoninae 

Mellininae 

Crabroninae 


Bohartand  Menke  (1976) 


■  Pemphredoninae 

■  Astatinae 

■  Laphyragoginae 

■  Crabroninae 
Larrinae 

Entomosericinae 
Philanthinae 
Bembicinae 
Xenosphecinae 


This  study — Implied  weighting 

Bembicinae 

Philanthinae 


Pemphredoninae 

Astatinae 

Crabroninae 


Fig.  9.  Relationships  among  the  subfamilies  of  Crabronidae  ob- 
tained under  implied  weighting.  Cladograms  presented  by  previous 
authors  are  also  shown  for  comparison. 


34 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


In  contrast  to  Brothers  and  Carpenter's  study,  the 
present  analyses  did  not  support  placement  of 
Heterogynaidae  as  the  most  basal  clade  in  Apoidea,  its 
position  varying  depending  on  the  analyses.  In  the  implied 
weighting  cladograms,  it  comes  out  either  as  the  sister 
group  of  Ampulicidae  or  as  the  sister  group  of  the  remain- 
ing Apoidea,  excluding  Ampulicidae. 

Unambiguous  changes  supporting  placement  of 
Heterogynaidae  as  sister  group  to  Ampulicidae  are  (branch 
2,  Fig.  1): 

(1)  distance  between  antennal  sockets  and  clypeus  nil 
(18-2  and  21-2); 

(2)  presence  of  an  omaular  carina  (61-1); 

(3)  forewing  M+CuA  (distal  to  cu-a)  longer  than  cu-a 
(93-1); 

(4)  jugal  lobe  absent  (100-0). 

Except  perhaps  for  presence  of  an  omaular  carina,  the 
characters  supporting  this  relationship  are  relatively  weak. 
The  fourth  character,  jugal  lobe  absent,  probably  does  not 
represent  a  synapomorphy  for  this  putative  clade,  because 
presence  of  a  lobe  in  Dolichurus  (as  well  as  in  Trirogma)  in 
the  Ampulicidae  can  hardly  be  considered  a  true  reversal. 

The  alternative  position  of  Heterogynaidae  as  sister 
group  of  [Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  +  [Apidae  (sensu  lato) 
+  Crabronidae]]  is  supported  by  (based  on  Fig.  2): 

(1)  labrum  at  least  one  and  a  half  times  wider  than 
long  (1-0); 

(2)  arms  of  the  meso-  and  metathoracic  furca  immov- 
ably fused  (63-0); 

(3)  hindwing  clavus  indicated  by  moderate  incision  (99-0). 

Likewise,  the  evidence  for  this  placement  of  Heterogyna 
is  rather  weak,  except  for  Character  (2)  above.  Even  in  this 
case,  however,  the  fusion  of  the  furcal  arms  in  Heterogyna 
and  in  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  +  [Apidae  (sensu  lato)  + 
Crabronidae]  might  be  a  parallelism,  because  loss  of  the 
interfurcal  muscle  (Character  62-1)  is  already  part  of 
Apoidea  groundplan  and  the  reduced  size,  as  well  as  fe- 
male brachyptery,  in  Heterogyna  could  have  favored  this 
fusion. 

Heterogynaidae 

This  family  contains  only  seven  described  species,  all 
placed  here  in  the  genus  Heterogyna  (see  below).  Before 
Day  (1984),  only  the  type  species,  H.  protea  Nagy  from  the 
Greek  island  of  Rhodes,  was  known.  Day  (1984)  described 
four  new  species  from  Africa  and  provided  a  key  for  iden- 
tifying all  five  species.  He  also  described  for  the  first  time 
the  putative  females  of  this  genus.  The  type  specimen  of 
H.  protea  was  redescribed  by  Day  (1985).  Argaman  (1986) 
described  a  new  species  (based  on  a  female  specimen)  from 
Israel  and  also  provided  a  key  for  all  species  known  at 
that  time.  More  recently  a  new  species  from  Turkmenia 


was  described  by  Antropov  and  Gorbatovskii  (1992).  Noth- 
ing is  known  of  the  biology  of  these  wasps.  Large  num- 
bers of  males  have  been  taken  with  Malaise  traps  and  one 
female  specimen  was  collected  in  a  yellow  pan  trap  (Day 
1984). 

Argaman  (1986)  proposed  a  new  genus,  Daycatinca 
(type-species:  Heterogyna  fantsilotra),  for  the  three 
Madagascan  species.  Antropov  and  Gorbatovsky  (1992), 
apparently  unaware  of  Argaman's  paper,  proposed  the 
subgenus  Daya  (type-species:  Heterogyna  madecassa)  for  the 
four  African  species.  These  two  genus-group  names  are 
treated  here  as  synonyms  ofHeterog\/na,  especially  because 
recognition  of  more  than  one  generic  name  for  such  a  small 
group  seems  completely  unnecessary  and  also  because 
proposal  of  these  names  was  not  based  on  phylogenetic 
studies.  Recognition  of  Daycatinca  or  Daya  would  prob- 
ably make  Heterogyna  (sensu  stricto)  paraphyletic  or  vice- 
versa. 

Ampulicidae 

This  group  (branch  4,  Fig.  1)  has  usually  been  treated 
as  a  subfamily  of  "sphecid"  wasps  (e.g.,  Leclercq  1954, 
Evans  1964a,  Bohart  and  Menke  1976)  or  sometimes  as  a 
separate  family  of  "sphecoid"  wasps  (e.g.,  Evans  1959a). 
In  Alexander's  (1992a)  study,  the  two  tribes  of  Bohart  and 
Menke's  classification,  Dolichurini  and  Ampulicini,  were 
consistently  grouped  together,  forming  a  monophyletic 
group.  He  presented  the  following  putative  synapo- 
morphies  for  them  (see  his  Table  7): 

(1)  pitted  transverse  basal  sulcus  on  scutellum; 

(2)  subalar  line  a  very  prominent  carina  or  flange; 

(3)  posterior  margin  of  'metasternum'  distinctly  bi- 
lobed,  lobes  diverging  apically; 

(4)  metasomal  sternum  2  swollen  at  base,  with  a  trans- 
verse sulcus  and/or  carina; 

(5)  male  with  fewer  than  seven  visible  metasomal  seg- 
ments. 

Characters  (2),  (3)  and  (5)  above  do  not  seem  to  be  valid 
synapomorphies  for  Ampulicidae.  In  Sphecidae  (sensu 
stricto),  the  subalar  line  is  also  a  prominent  flange  (the  outer 
margin  of  the  tegula  rests  on  it  when  the  wings  are  in  re- 
pose); a  weaker  or  vestigial  carina  can  also  be  seen  in  some 
Crabronidae.  Also,  the  morphology  of  the  ventral  portion 
of  the  metepisternum  posteriorly  (Character  3  above)  in 
Ampulicidae  does  not  seem  to  be  particularly  different 
from  that  of  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto),  of  some  Crabronidae, 
or  even  of  Heterogyna.  The  distinct  metepisternal  morphol- 
ogy of  Ampnlex  is  not  found  in  the  other  Ampulicidae  ex- 
amined. Regarding  the  5th  character,  the  condition  de- 
scribed above  seems  to  be  restricted  to  males  of  Ampnlex, 
because  males  of  Dolichurus  and  Aphelotoma  have  seven 
visible  metasomal  segments;  nevertheless,  enlargement  of 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


35 


the  first  three  metasomal  segments  and  a  distinct  reduc- 
tion of  the  remaining  distal  segments  are  characteristic  of 
Ampulicidae. 

In  the  present  work,  Ampulicidae  always  came  out  as  a 
monophyletic  group;  it  is  supported  by  the  following  un- 
ambiguous changes  (based  on  optimizations  shown  on  Fig.  1): 

(1 )  apophyseal  arms  of  prothoracic  endosternum  sepa- 
rate (45-0); 

(2)  notauli  indicated  externally  by  a  sulcus  (53-0); 

(3)  pseudophragma  of  second  phragma  absent  (65-0); 

(4)  hindwing  M  diverging  from  CuA  before  or  at  cu-a 
(97-0); 

(5)  second  sternum  strongly  convex  posteromedially 
(109-1); 

(6)  apicoventral  edge  of  gonapophyses  of  male  geni- 
talia with  short  teeth  (130-1). 

The  assignment  of  this  condition  for  the  notauli  (Char- 
acter 2  above)  as  a  synapomorphy  for  Ampulicidae  is  prob- 
ably an  artifact  of  having  Pompilidae  (represented  by 
Notocyphus)  coming  out  as  sister  group  of  Apoidea  in  the 
implied  weighting  analysis.  Notaulus  indicated  externally 
by  a  sulcus  is  plesiomorphic  for  apocritans;  among  the 
outgroup  used  here,  this  state  is  present  in  Bethylidae, 
Scolebythidae,  Sierolomorphidae  and  Sapygidae.  The  con- 
dition in  Ampulicidae  is  certainly  not  a  reversal.  The  sixth 
character  is  also  found  in  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  and  a 
few  Crabronidae  (e.g.,  Mellinus  and  Xenosphex).  Its  opti- 
mization on  the  tree  implies  that  this  condition  arose  sev- 
eral times  independently;  however,  its  presence  in  these 
basal  lineages  suggests  that  it  might  be  part  of  the  apoid 
ground  plan,  having  been  lost  in  Heterogynaidae,  Apidae 
(sensu  lato)  and  in  most  Crabronidae. 

In  Bohart  and  Menke's  (1976)  tribal  classification  for 
their  Ampulicinae,  Ampulex  is  placed  in  its  own  tribe, 
whereas  the  remaining  genera  are  placed  together  in  a  sec- 
ond tribe,  the  Dolichurini.  The  results  obtained  here  in  the 
implied  weighting  analyses  contradict  this  classification, 
because  Ampulex  and  Dolichurus  form  consistently  a  mono- 
phyletic clade.  This  relationship  is  supported  by  a  rela- 
tively strong  synapomorphy,  supra-alar  carina  not  meet- 
ing the  tegular  ridge  (54-0).  In  the  remaining  Apoidea,  in- 
cluding Aphelotoma,  the  supra-alar  carina  is  fused  to  the 
anterior  segment  of  the  tegular  ridge,  a  condition  also 
present  in  Pompilidae.  It  seems  improbable  that  the  pecu- 
liar mesoscutal  morphology  seen  in  Ampulex  and 
Doliehurus  (as  well  as  in  Trirogma  and  Paradolichurus)  arose 
twice  independently. 

Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  +  [Apidae  (sensu  lato)  + 
Crabronidae] 

In  the  present  study,  the  monophyly  of  this  lineage 
(branch  3,  Fig.  1)  is  strongly  supported  by  the  following 
synapomorphies: 


(1)  mesepistemal  ridge  present  (58-4); 

(2)  medial  portion  of  mesometepisternal  suture  mostly 
obliterated  (67-1); 

(3)  basal  part  of  midcoxa  continuous  with  rest  of  coxa, 
not  pedunculate  (72-0); 

(4)  females  construct  a  nest  before  obtaining  larval  food 
(139-1). 

Presence  of  a  mesepistemal  sulcus  (see  Character  59) 
should  also  be  considered  a  synapomorphy  for  this  clade. 
As  this  character  was  divided  into  several  states,  there  is 
no  unambiguous  optimization  for  the  states  used  at  this 
branch.  If  the  character  had  been  coded  only  as  either  ab- 
sent or  present,  then  presence  of  a  sulcus  would  certainly 
be  shown  as  an  unambiguous  change  for  this  branch. 
Someone  could  argue  that  the  sulcus  is  not  independent 
from  the  internal  ridge  and  therefore  should  not  be  used 
as  a  separate  character.  The  only  reason  why  this  was  done 
is  because  the  changes  in  these  two  characters  are  not  per- 
fectly correlated  (Table  3).  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  con- 
sidered the  presence  of  a  mesepistemal  sulcus  as  part  of 
the  groundplan  of  their  Sphecidae,  because  they  assumed 
that  a  remnant  of  this  sulcus  was  sometimes  present  in 
Ampulicidae.  However,  the  small  segment  of  a  ventral 
sulcus  present  anteriorly  in  the  mesepisternum  of  most 
Ampulicidae  could  be  the  anterior  remnant  of  a  long 
hypersternaulus.  Such  a  long  and  continuous  hyper- 
sternaulus  can  be  seen  in  Aphelotoma. 

Johnson  (1988)  considered  a  midcoxa  broadly  con- 
nected and  open  to  the  mesothorax  as  part  of  the 
groundplan  for  the  Aculeata,  but  as  demonstrated  by 
Sharkey  and  Wahl  (1992)  and  Brothers  and  Carpenter 
(1993),  the  ancestral  condition  for  the  aculeates  is  a  midcoxa 
with  a  narrow,  pedunculate  basal  portion,  similar  to  that 
found  in  Heterogyna  and  Ampulicidae. 

A  sister-group  relationship  between  Sphecidae  (sensu 
stricto)  and  Ampulicidae  has  been  suggested  by  several 
authors  (e.g.,  Lomholdt  1982,  Alexander  1992a,  Ohl  1996a). 
Two  of  the  three  supposed  synapomorphies  presented  by 
Lomholdt  (1982)  are  simply  plesiomorphies,  as  correctly 
interpreted  by  Ohl  (1996a).  The  third  one,  namely  pres- 
ence of  a  "propodeal  sclerite",  is  not  valid  because  a  scle- 
rotized  bridge  closing  the  hindcoxal  sockets  is  not  present 
in  the  ampulicids  Aphelotoma  and  Doliehurus,  and  also  the 
condition  in  the  others  (Ampulex  and  Trirogma)  does  not 
seem  to  be  homologous  to  that  of  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto) 
(see  Character  74).  Of  the  four  supposed  synapomorphies 
presented  by  Alexander  (1992a),  only  two  were  considered 
possible  synapomorphies  by  Ohl  (1996a).  One  of  them, 
female  metasomal  sternum  VI  forming  an  exposed  taper- 
ing tube  (see  Character  114),  cannot  be  considered  a 
synapomorphy  because  a  similar  condition  is  found  in  the 
outgroup.  The  second  character,  "penis  valves"  with  small 


36 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


teeth  on  ventral  edges  (Character  130-1),  was  optimized 
here  as  having  arisen  independently  in  Sphecidae  (sensu 
stricto)  and  Ampulicidae.  As  was  suggested  above,  this 
condition  might  be  part  of  the  groundplan  for  the  Apoidea. 

Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto) 

The  name  Sphecidae  is  used  here  in  its  narrow  sense, 
corresponding  to  the  subfamily  Sphecinae  of  Bohart  and 
Menke's  (1976)  classification.  As  explained  in  Material  and 
Methods,  no  particular  effort  was  made  to  include  charac- 
ters that  potentially  could  support  the  monophyly  of  this 
group.  Despite  that,  Sphecidae  came  out  monophyletic  in 
all  analyses,  being  supported  by  several  unambiguous 
changes  (see  branch  6,  Fig.  1).  Alexander  (1992a)  and  Ohl 
(1996a)  list  several  other  putative  synapomorphies  for 
Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto).  Ohl's  study,  however,  is  com- 
promised by  his  assumption  of  a  sister-group  relationship 
between  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  and  Ampulicidae.  Judg- 
ing by  his  list  of  exemplar  taxa,  no  representatives  from 
Crabronidae  or  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  were  included  in  his 
analysis.  Therefore,  some  of  his  supposed  synapomorphies 
for  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  could  be  plesiomorphies 
shared  with  Crabronidae  +  Apidae  (sensu  lato). 

The  phylogenetic  relationships  among  the  major  lin- 
eages of  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  were  evaluated  recently 
by  Ohl  (1996a).  The  results  of  his  studies  basically  confirm 
the  arrangement  proposed  by  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976), 
with  the  exception  that  the  genus  Stangeella  Menke  is  re- 
moved from  Sceliphrini  (=  their  Sceliphronini)  and  it  is 
placed  as  the  sister  group  of  the  clade  Sphecini  +  Ammo- 
philini.  In  the  present  study,  the  relationships  among  the 
four  exemplar  genera  of  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  are  con- 
gruent with  Ohl's  results.  Most  of  the  characters  used  by 
Ohl  (1996a)  are  from  the  male  genitalia  and  it  is  possible 
that  detailed  investigation  of  additional  character  systems 
could  produce  alternative  phylogenetic  arrangements. 
Another  shortcoming  of  Ohl's  study  is  that  he  did  not  sub- 
mit his  primary  homology  statements  to  a  congruence  test 
(e.g.,  parsimony)  and  therefore  the  putative  synapo- 
morphies presented  by  him  are  not  derived  from  second- 
ary homology  statements  [sensu  Pinna  (1991)].  The  rela- 
tionships among  the  four  genera  of  Sceliphrini  restricted 
to  the  Neotropical  region  were  studied  by  Ohl  (1996b).  His 
results  also  confirm  Bohart  and  Menke's  arrangement  for 
these  four  genera. 

Apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  Crabronidae 

Lomholdt  (1982)  was  the  first  one  to  suggest  a  sister- 
group  relationship  between  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  and 
Crabronidae  (his  Larridae).  Of  the  two  putative  synapo- 
morphies he  presented  in  support  of  this  hypothesis,  only 
one,  a  shortened  propodeum  with  an  elongated  meta- 
postnotum,  seems  tenable.  This  modification  of  the 


metapostnotum  and  propodeum  is  treated  here  under 
Character  102.  In  the  present  analysis,  however,  this  char- 
acter does  not  support  the  monophyly  of  Apidae  (sensu 
lato)  +  Crabronidae  (see  branch  7,  Fig.  1 )  because  Mellinus, 
which  occupies  a  relatively  basal  position  in  the 
Crabronidae,  has  a  condition  similar  to  that  of  the  basal 
apoids  and  because  Palinodes  and  Podalonia  [Sphecidae 
(sensu  stricto)]  have  a  condition  similar  to  that  of  some 
crabronids.  In  any  case,  this  character  would  require  fur- 
ther study  to  have  its  significance  better  evaluated. 

The  second  synapomorphy  used  by  Lomholdt  (1982), 
i.e.  subbasal  claw  tooth  absent,  is  interpreted  differently 
here.  The  subbasal  tooth  present  in  most  Sphecidae  (sensu 
stricto)  is  considered  only  a  displaced,  but  still  homolo- 
gous, subapical  tooth  (see  Character  52).  Asubapical  tooth 
is  part  of  the  aculeate  groundplan  and  its  absence  in 
Heterogyna  represents  an  autapomorphy  (Brothers  and 
Carpenter  1993:  see  also  branch  5  of  Fig.  1);  it  is  present  in 
Ampulicidae  and  Apidae  (sensu  lato). 

A  close  relationship  between  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  and 
Crabronidae  was  also  found  by  Alexander  (1992a).  Indeed, 
Crabronidae,  as  defined  here,  always  comes  out  in 
Alexander's  analyses  as  a  paraphyletic  assemblage  in  re- 
lation to  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  (his  Apiformes)  and  also  some- 
times in  relation  to  Ampulicidae.  Taking  into  consideration 
only  Alexander's  analyses  in  which  Crabronidae  is  not 
paraphyletic  to  Ampulicidae  and  also  only  those  in  which 
character  polarization  was  determined  by  the  parsimony 
analyses  (his  analyses  5A,  5B,  6B,  7A,  7B,  9B,  10),  the  fol- 
lowing characters  support,  in  at  least  one  of  these  seven 
analyses,  the  monophyly  of  a  group  including  all  the  mem- 
bers of  Crabronidae  and  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  (numbers 
from  Alexander's  list  of  characters):  17-1, 19-1,  25-0,  27-0, 
32-1, 33-1, 38-1, 41-1, 47-1,  51-0, 67-2,  68-1, 80-1, 82-1,  83-1, 
84-1,  85-1,  88-1.  Characters  17,  27,  33,  68,  80,  82,  83  and  85 
were  not  used  in  the  present  work  and  will  not  be  dis- 
cussed. 

Alexander's  Characters  32-1  [Character  70-1  here]  and 
51-0  [113-1]  were  also  found  here  to  support  the  mono- 
phyly of  Crabronidae  +  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  (see  list  of 
synapomorphies  below);  25-0  [58/59]  and  41-1  [49-1;  am- 
biguous in  some  optimizations],  however,  were  found  to 
support  the  monophyly  of  Sphecidae  (sensu  stricto)  + 
[Apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  Crabronidae];  38-1  [52-1]  and  88-1 
[136-1]  were  found  to  support  the  monophyly  of 
Crabronidae  (see  below);  19-1  [53-1]  supports  a  larger 
group,  including  part  of  the  outgroup  or,  in  some  cases,  a 
clade  containing  all  Apoidea  excluding  Ampulicidae;  84-1 
[133-1]  was  found  to  support  different  clades  within 
Crabronidae,  depending  on  the  analyses;  67-2  [98-1  ]  is  the 
condition  in  all  outgroup  taxa  used,  as  well  as  in 
Ampulicidae  and  Heterogyna,  and  therefore  presence  of  the 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


37 


vein  2A  was  optimized  as  arising  de  novo  in  the  ingroup 
taxa  which  have  it;  47-1  [108-1]  was  treated  here  differ- 
ently. 

In  all  of  my  analyses,  the  bees  [Apidae  (sensu  lato)] 
also  consistently  grouped  with  a  large  assemblage  formed 
by  all  sphecid  subfamilies  of  Bohart  and  Menke's  classifi- 
cation, with  the  exclusion  of  their  Ampulicinae  and 
Sphecinae,  i.e.,  the  Crabronidae.  This  relationship  was 
strongly  supported  by  several  characters,  including  the 
following  unambiguous  changes  (based  on  optimizations 
shown  on  Fig.  1): 

(1)  female  antennae  shortened  (29-1); 
(2)medial  portion  of  prothoracic  basisternum 
declivous  in  relation  to  anterior  portion  (sometimes 
only  slightly),  rounded  or  weakly  pointed  posteri- 
orly (44-1); 
(3)base  of  apophyseal  arms  of  prothoracic 
endosternum  (internally)  connected  by  two  con- 
tinuous, divergent  plates  originating  at  the  base  of 
furcasternum  (46-1); 

(4)  mesocoxal  carina  present  (70-1 ); 

(5)  dorsal  lobe  on  inner  side  of  hindcoxal  apex  large, 
usually  forming  a  spatulate  process,  ventral  lobe 
small  or  absent  (77-1); 

(6)  metasomal  tergum  VI  of  female  with  a  pygidial 
plate  (113-1); 

(7)  metasomal  sternum  VI  of  female  not  forming  an 
exposed  tapering  tube  (114-0); 

(8)  male  cerci  absent  (122-1). 

Except  for  absence  of  male  cerci,  all  the  unambiguous 
changes  listed  above  seem  to  represent  valid  synapo- 
morphies  for  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  Crabronidae.  Males  in 
several  taxa  of  Crabronidae  possess  cerci  and  as  discussed 
below  (see  section  on  the  Astatinae),  presence  of  cerci  in 
these  crabronids  should  not  be  treated  as  a  reversal,  but 
only  retention  of  a  plesiomorphic  condition.  Changes  for 
character  122  should  have  been  optimized  as  irrereversible. 

Contrary  to  Alexander's  (1992a)  results  discussed 
above,  most  of  my  analyses  supported  a  monophyletic 
Crabronidae  (branch  8  in  Fig.  1).  Four  unambiguous 
changes  were  found  to  support  this  clade: 

(1 )  posterior  wall  of  pharynx  forming  two  bulging  sacs 
(13-1); 

(2)  claws  simple,  without  subapical  or  subbasal  teeth 
(52-1); 

(3)  hindwing  M  diverging  from  CuA  before  or  at  cu-a 
(97-0); 

(4)  larval  spinneret  with  paired  openings,  each  at  the 
end  of  a  projection  (136-1). 

Except  for  a  somewhat  similar  condition  found  in 
Heterogyna,  the  first  character  is  unique  to  this  clade;  these 
pharyngeal  expansions  are  well  developed  in  several 


crabronids,  for  example  Odontosphex,  Astata,  Mellinus  and 
the  Philanthinae,  but  they  have  been  lost  at  least  three  times 
(see  branches  12  and  24  and  Nysson  in  the  Bembicinae). 
These  paired  sacs  have  not  been  previously  described  and 
their  function  is  unknown.  Among  the  Apoidea,  a  larval 
spinneret  with  paired  openings  is  also  unique  to  this  clade. 
This  is  the  only  synapomorphy  provided  by  Lomholdt 
(1982)  to  support  the  monophyly  of  his  Larridae.  No  case 
of  reversal  among  the  Crabronidae  is  known  for  the  sec- 
ond or  fourth  synapomorphies,  except  for  the  presence  of 
a  small  subbasal  tooth  (or  teeth)  in  the  female's  claw  in 
some  species  of  Crabroninae  [see  genera  Liris  and  Kohliella 
in  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976);  in  Liris,  the  unique  parallel 
teeth  seems  to  be  derived  from  the  parallel  carinae  on  the 
ventral  side  of  the  claws]. 

Despite  this  relatively  weak  support,  the  recognition 
of  a  monophyletic  Crabronidae  seems  well  founded.  Its 
supposed  paraphyly  in  relation  to  Apidae  (sensu  lato) 
found  in  some  of  my  analyses  and  also  by  Alexander 
(1992a)  seems  spurious.  Alexander's  results  indicated  a 
possible  sister-group  relationship  between  Apidae  (sensu 
lato)  and  the  Philanthinae  (sensu  Alexander,  1992a,  b).  This 
relationship  was  consistently  supported  by  both  groups 
sharing  subantennal  sutures.  However,  this  similarity  is 
probably  superficial  because  in  bees  the  subantennal  su- 
ture represents  the  line  of  attachment  of  the  dorsal  sheet 
of  the  anterior  tentorial  arm  to  the  frons  (Roig-Alsina  and 
Michener,1993),  whereas  in  the  Philanthinae  the  sutures 
have  no  connection  to  the  tentorium.  Also,  subantennal 
sutures  similar  to  those  of  the  Philanthinae  are  present  in 
some  Bembicinae,  Crabroninae  and  some  Sphecidae  (sensu 
stricto)  (see  Character  17).  Some  of  my  analyses,  based  on 
equal  and  successive  weighting  of  characters,  resulted  in 
a  paraphyletic  Crabronidae,  with  bees  more  closely  related 
to  Crabroninae  (excluding  Mellinus;  Figs.  4  and  5).  Rea- 
sons for  not  favoring  the  results  produced  by  these  two 
parsimony  methods  were  discussed  above. 

Biogeographic  patterns  also  contribute  to  reinforce  the 
hypothesis  of  a  sister-group  relationship  between  Apidae 
(sensu  lato)  and  Crabronidae.  In  both  these  taxa,  several 
lineages  usually  regarded  as  older  basal  clades  are  re- 
stricted to,  or  exhibit  higher  diversity,  in  deserts  of  the  tem- 
perate zone  [for  bees,  see  Michener  (1979);  for  Crabronidae, 
one  can  cite  the  genera  Odontosphex,  Entotnosericus,  Dinetus, 
Xenosphex,  Heliocausus,  Pseudoscolia  and  the  Astatinae  as  a 
whole].  Such  a  pattern  is  not  apparent  within  the  Sphecidae 
(sensu  stricto). 

Apidae  (sensu  lato)  and  Crabronidae  could  easily  be 
treated  under  only  one  name,  because  the  degree  of  diver- 
gence between  them  seems  comparable  to  that  present 
among  the  subfamilies  of  Crabronidae.  However,  the  bees 
have  traditionally  been  considered  distinct  from  the  rest 


38 


Scientific  Papers.  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


of  the  Apoidea  and  such  classification  would  be  consid- 
ered confusing  and  probably  of  little  use. 

Apidae  (sensu  lato) 

Despite  the  intentional  exclusion  of  characters  known 
to  support  the  monophyly  of  bees,  except  for  Character  80 
and  a  few  character  states  unique  to  bees,  this  clade  was 
present  in  the  results  of  all  analyses  and  in  all  cases,  sup- 
ported by  a  large  number  of  synapomorphies  (branch  9, 
Fig.  1).  These  putative  synapomorphies  are  not  listed  or 
discussed  here;  a  discussion  of  the  monophyly  of  bees  and 
a  more  complete  and  detailed  list  of  their  synapomorphies 
can  be  found  in  Alexander  and  Michener  (1995). 

The  various  lineages  of  bees  have  been  traditionally 
classified  in  several  separate  taxa  accorded  family  status 
(e.g.,  Michener  1944,  Roig-Alsina  and  Michener  1993, 
Alexander  and  Michener  1995).  Such  a  classification  was 
justifiable  while  the  bees  were  considered  the  sole  compo- 
nents of  the  superfamily  Apoidea.  However,  with  the  in- 
clusion of  other  non-bee  taxa  in  the  Apoidea  and  the  rec- 
ognition of  only  three  superfamilies  for  the  aculeate  wasps 
(Brothers  1975),  treating  the  higher  groups  of  bees  at  fam- 
ily level  would  leave  the  whole  clade  without  a  formal 
name  and  would  be  inconsistent  with  the  higher-level  clas- 
sification of  the  other  aculeate  clades.  For  these  reasons, 
some  authors  have  adopted  a  classification  in  which  all 
bees  are  treated  under  one  family,  the  Apidae  (e.g., 
Lomholdt  1982,  Gauld  and  Bolton  1988,  Gauld  and  Hanson 
1995,  Griswold  et  al.  1995).  The  recognition  of  a  monophyl- 
etic  Crabronidae  as  the  sister  group  of  bees,  as  proposed 
here,  strongly  supports  such  a  classification.  The  use  of 
Spheciformes  (=  Sphecidae  sensu  Bohart  and  Menke)  and 
Apiformes  (bees),  informal  divisions  of  the  Apoidea  pro- 
posed by  Brothers  (1975),  should  be  avoided  because 
Spheciformes,  as  it  has  been  demonstrated,  is  paraphyletic 
in  relation  to  Apiformes. 

In  the  present  work,  an  investigation  of  the  relation- 
ships among  the  higher-level  lineages  of  the  Apidae  (sensu 
lato)  was  avoided.  This  problem  was  recently  studied  by 
Roig-Alsina  and  Michener  (1993)  and  Alexander  and 
Michener  (1995).  Nonetheless,  the  arrangements  found 
here  under  implied  weighting  for  the  five  bee  representa- 
tives do  not  contradict  the  possible  arrangements  found 
by  Alexander  and  Michener  (1995). 

Crabronidae 

The  family  Crabronidae  (branch  8,  Fig.  1),  as  defined 
here,  includes  all  the  taxa  classified  at  the  subfamily  level 
by  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976),  with  the  exception  of  their 
Ampulicinae  and  Sphecinae.  Only  five  crabronid  subfami- 
lies are  here  recognized:  Astatinae,  Bembicinae, 
Crabroninae,  Pemphredoninae  and  Philanthinae.  This  clas- 


sification is  very  similar  to  that  proposed  by  Evans  (1964a), 
based  on  larval  morphological  characters.  It  is  worth  not- 
ing that  larvae  of  some  genera  of  Crabronidae  (e.g.,  Dinetus, 
Entomosericus)  were  only  recently  described,  and  larvae  are 
still  unknown  for  others  (e.g.,  Eremiasphecium,  Laphy- 
rngogus,  Xenosphex),  and  therefore  were  not  included  in 
Evans'  studies.  Evans'  classification  also  differs  from  the 
one  proposed  here  regarding  the  placement  of  the  genus 
Mellinus:  Evans  (1964a)  recognized  a  monotypic  subfam- 
ily for  Mellinus,  the  Mellininae;  herein,  I  take  a  more  con- 
servative approach  and  include  Mellinus  in  the 
Crabroninae.  In  Evans'  phylogeny,  Mellininae  is  the  sister 
group  of  his  Larrinae,  an  arrangement  that  corresponds 
exactly  with  the  one  here  preferred  in  which  Mellinus  is 
the  basal  clade  of  the  Crabroninae.  However,  the  position 
of  Mellinus  within  the  Crabronidae  differs  considerably 
depending  on  the  analysis,  an  indication  that  additional 
studies  might  reveal  a  different  position  from  the  one  fa- 
vored here. 

Except  perhaps  for  the  Crabroninae,  the  monophyly 
of  each  of  the  five  subfamilies  recognized  here  seems  well- 
supported.  In  contrast,  the  relationships  among  the  sub- 
families indicated  in  Figure  1  can  be  considered  very 
weakly  supported.  Two  of  the  internal  basal  branches  in- 
side the  Crabronidae  are  each  supported  by  only  one  un- 
ambiguous change.  The  support  for  the  branch  leading  to 
branches  19  +  20  is  even  more  suspicious  considering  that 
character  22  was  considered  inapplicable  [i.e.  coded  (?)] 
for  all  the  members  of  the  Psenini  (branch  22).  At  this  point, 
the  relationships  indicated  should  be  taken  as  very  tenta- 
tive and  a  perhaps  better  representation  would  be  to  con- 
sider the  subfamilies  forming  a  polytomy,  except  perhaps 
for  Bembicinae  and  Philanthinae.  Figure  9  summarizes  the 
relationships  among  the  subfamilies  indicated  by  implied 
weighting,  as  well  as  shows  cladograms  previously  pro- 
posed for  these  groups  by  Evans  (1964a)  and  Bohart  and 
Menke  (1976). 

In  the  following  subsections,  the  monophyly  and  com- 
position of  the  five  crabronid  subfamilies  are  discussed  in 
detail,  particular  attention  being  given  to  taxa  whose  place- 
ments are  in  conflict  with  those  proposed  by  Bohart  and 
Menke  (1976).  Discussion  of  the  arrangements  found  here 
for  the  more  distal  taxa  within  each  subfamily  is  avoided 
because,  in  most  cases,  taxonomic  representation  is  rather 
inadequate. 

Astatinae. — The  subfamily  Astatinae  (branch  20)  is 
defined  here  to  include  the  tribe  Astatini,  the  genus 
Eremiasphecium  and  the  subtribe  Ammoplanina  of  Bohart 
and  Menke's  (1976)  classification  (each  one  of  these  groups 
is  treated  here  as  a  tribe,  i.e.  Astatini,  Eremiasphecini  and 
Ammoplanini).  The  discovery  of  this  clade  was  somewhat 
surprising  because  its  members  seem  superficially  distinct 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


39 


and  to  a  lesser  extent  because  they  were  placed  in  totally 
separate  taxa  in  Bohart  and  Menke's  classification.  In  their 
classification,  Astatinae  contained  the  tribes  Astatini  and 
Dinetini  (containing  only  the  genus  Dinetus), 
Eremiasphecium  was  part  of  the  Philanthinae  and 
Ammoplanina  was  part  of  the  Pemphredonini.  The  mono- 
phyly  of  the  Astatinae  is  supported  by  the  following  un- 
ambiguous changes: 

(1)  tentorial  pit  of  female  situated  above  tangent  to 
lower  rims  of  antennal  sockets  (20-1); 

(2)  lateral  arms  of  meso-  and  metathoracic  furca  weakly 
fused  (63-1); 

(3)  forewing  marginal  cell  shorter  than  pterostigma  (86-1 ); 

(4)  male  cerci  present  (122-0). 

Conditions  (1)  and  (3)  above  are  not  unique  to  this 
clade;  among  the  exemplar  taxa,  character  state  20-1  was 
also  found  to  be  a  synapomorphy  for  the  Spilomenina 
(branch  24)  and  an  autapomorphy  for  Nitcla  and  Dinetus, 
whereas  86-1  is  an  autapomorphy  for  Dinetus.  The  2nd 
synapormorphy  is  unique  to  the  Astatinae,  although  it  re- 
verses within  the  Ammoplanini,  probably  as  a  consequence 
of  a  reduction  in  body  size;  these  wasps  are  among  the 
smallest  Apoidea,  only  2  to  3  mm  in  length.  The  fourth 
condition  above  cannot  be  considered  as  a  valid  synapo- 
morphy, because  it  is  highly  unlikely  that  once  lost  the  cerci 
would  be  regained.  In  Hymenoptera,  the  cerci  are  quite 
reduced  and  in  most  groups  can  be  considered  vestigial. 
Absence  of  cerci  in  females  is  a  synapomorphy  for  the  ac- 
uleate Hymenoptera  (Brothers  and  Carpenter  1993),  and 
no  case  of  reversal  is  known.  Given  the  vestigial  condition 
of  the  cerci  in  males  of  aculeate  Hymenoptera,  it  seems 
reasonable  to  assume  that  their  loss  is  irreversible. 

If  Dinetus  had  not  been  included  in  the  analysis,  some- 
one looking  only  at  these  synapomorphies  could  run  the 
risk  of  arguing  that  this  genus  is  easily  shown  to  be  part  of 
the  Astatinae,  as  originally  proposed  by  Bohart  and  Menke. 
But  the  analyses  carried  out  here  clearly  show  that  the  simi- 
larities of  Dinetus  to  the  Astatinae  are  the  result  of  conver- 
gence. 

Astatini  (represented  by  Astata  in  the  cladograms)  is 
the  sister  group  to  the  rest  of  the  Astatinae.  The  sister-group 
relationship  between  Eremiasphecini  and  Ammoplanini 
(branch  27)  is  supported  by: 

(1)  eye-clypeus  contact  extending  for  more  than  one 
antennal  socket  diameter  (16-2); 

(2)  epistomal  suture,  between  antennal  sockets,  situ- 
ated above  median  line  across  antennal  sockets  (19-1); 

(3)  setal  patch  on  anterior  segment  of  tegular  ridge 
absent  (55-1); 

(4)  medial  flap  of  mesokatepisternum  narrow,  inter- 
rupted in  the  middle  by  a  deep  cleft,  and  condyle 
of  mesal  midcoxal  articulation  situated  at  tip  of  flap 


projection  and  well  separated  from  body's  midline 
(68-3); 
(5)  use  of  Thysanoptera  as  larval  food  (137-1). 

In  relation  to  the  fourth  synapomorphy,  considering 
that  Pulverro  has  a  distinct  state  (68-2)  than  the  one  indi- 
cated above  (68-3),  one  can  suspect  that  the  similar  condi- 
tion in  Eremiasphecium,  Timberlakena  and  Ammoplanus  could 
have  evolved  independently  from  a  condition  similar  to 
that  of  Pulverro.  These  two  tribes  also  share  a  similar  mor- 
phology for  the  medial  portion  of  the  metepisternum 
(Character  69-1 )  and  practically  lack  the  dorsal  apical  pro- 
cess of  the  hindcoxa  (78-3).  However,  these  similarities 
were  not  considered  synapomorphies  because  of  their 
ambiguous  status;  the  conditions  for  these  characters 
present  in  Astata  and  in  the  immediate  outgroups  prevent 
the  optimization  process  from  reaching  any  unambiguous 
statements. 

A  sister-group  relationship  between  Eremiasphecium 
and  the  Ammoplanini  was  recently  postulated  by  Kazenas 

(1991)  when  describing  his  new  genus  Taukumia  [subjec- 
tive junior  synonym  of  Eremiasphecium;  see  Pulawski 
(1992)],  although  he  assumed  that  Ammoplanini  was  part 
of  the  Pemphredonini  and  that  Eremiasphecium  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Philanthinae;  also  he  does  not  present  any  list  of 
characters  that  would  support  his  hypothesis.  Pulawski 

(1992)  revised  Eremiasphecium  and  considered  a  possible 
relation  with  Ammoplanini  unfounded.  The  two  charac- 
ters mentioned  by  him  to  dismiss  this  relationship,  how- 
ever, have  no  bearings  to  this  problem:  absence  of  cerci 
and  the  3rd  submarginal  cell  in  Ammoplanini.  Presence  of 
cerci  would  certainly  be  simply  a  plesiomorphy  (contrary 
to  Pulawski's  assumption,  males  of  most  genera  of 
Ammoplanini  do  have  cerci)  and  loss  of  the  3rd  submar- 
ginal cell  is  an  autapomorphy  of  Ammoplanini. 

The  monophyly  of  Ammoplanini  is  supported  by  nu- 
merous unambiguous  changes  (see  branch  28  in  Fig.  1). 
Some  of  these  changes  (85-1  and  117-4),  as  well  as  some  of 
the  changes  in  the  branch  leading  to  Timberlakena  and 
Ammoplanus  (1-1,  2-2,  33-0  and  81-1)  also  occur  as  part  of 
the  groundplan  of  the  Pemphredonini  (branch  21)  or  only 
of  the  Spilomenina  (branch  24).  The  similarities  in  wing 
characters,  namely  increase  in  pterostigma  width  (85-1), 
absence  of  the  veins  Cul  and  2m-cu  (90-1)  and  presence  of 
only  two  submarginal  cells,  between  Ammoplanini  and  at 
least  some  of  Pemphredonini  were  probably  important  in 
Bohart  and  Menke's  decision  to  maintain  these  two  groups 
together  (absence  of  Cul  and  2m-cu  occurs  in  Spilomenina 
and  also  in  the  branch  leading  to  Parastigmus  +  Stigmus, 
but  it  is  not  shown  because  its  optimization  is  ambiguous; 
I  would  favor  the  repeated  loss  of  these  two  veins,  instead 
of  loss  in  the  ancestor  of  Pemphredonini  and  then  reap- 
pearance in  the  branch  leading  to  Diodontus,  Pemphredon 


40 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


and  Passaloecus).  As  shown  by  the  analysis,  these  similari- 
ties between  Ammoplanini  and  Pemphredonini  are  the 
result  of  convergence,  probably  in  relation  to  reduction  of 
body  size  in  these  lineages.  Danforth  (1989)  showed  that 
small  species  of  Hymenoptera  tend  to  have  disproportion- 
ately large  pterostigmata,  but  it  is  worth  noting  that  the 
Crabroninae  apparently  does  not  follow  this  trend;  very 
small  species  in  this  group,  like  some  species  of  Belomicrus, 
have  the  pterostigma  as  reduced  as  that  of  its  larger  rela- 
tives. Also,  among  insects  in  general,  loss  of  wing  veins 
seems  to  be  strongly  correlated  with  reduction  in  body  size, 
but  this  trend  has  not  been  properly  documented. 

Bembicinae. — Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  recognized 
seven  tribes  in  their  subfamily  Nyssoninae  (=  Bembicinae). 
I  included  in  this  study  representatives  of  six  of  these  seven 
tribes.  One  of  them,  Bohart  and  Menke' s  Mellinini  (con- 
taining only  Mellinus),  is  considered  here  the  basal  clade 
of  the  Crabroninae.  The  other  five  were  found  to  form  a 
monophyletic  group  (branch  16),  being  supported  by: 

(1)  eye-clypeus  contact  extending  for  the  diameter  of 
one  antennal  socket  or  less  (16-1); 

(2)  internal  divergent  plates  of  prothoracic  endo-ster- 
num  partially  (dorsally)  or  completely  fused  to 
furcasternum,  medial  ridge  absent  at  least  dorsally 
(47-1); 

(3)  omaular  carina  present  (61-1); 

(4)  hindwing  clavus  indicated  by  short  incision  or  only 
a  shallow  notch  (99-1); 

(5)  medial  longitudinal  ridge  on  base  of  sternum  I 
present  (108-1). 

The  two  main  lineages  (branches  17  and  18)  found  here 
for  the  six  bembicine  taxa  do  not  seem  to  be  spurious,  as 
one  could  suppose  because  of  somewhat  different  relation- 
ships compared  to  that  indicated  by  the  current  classifica- 
tions. The  two  representatives  of  Bohart  and  Menke's 
Gorytini,  Hoplisoides  and  Ochleroptera,  did  not  form  a  mono- 
phyletic clade.  Ochleroptera  was  found  to  be  most  closely 
related  to  Heliocausus  (branch  17),  whereas  Hoplisoides  is 
most  closely  related  to  Didineis.  This  is  not  a  surprising 
result  considering  that  Bohart  and  Menke  had  already  in- 
dicated the  polyphyletic  nature  of  their  Gorytini  (see  their 
Fig.  155).  Also,  as  Alexander's  (1992a)  study  did  not  evalu- 
ate the  monophyly  of  the  tribes  he  used,  one  cannot  as- 
sume that  his  Gorytini  is  monophyletic. 

Nemkov  and  Lelej  (1996)  analyzed  the  phylogenetic 
relationships  among  the  genera  of  Bohart  and  Menke's 
Gorytini.  Despite  some  weaknesses  in  their  study  [e.g., 
assuming  monophyly  of  the  tribe,  or  using  only  charac- 
ters listed  in  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)],  they  also  found 
that  Ochloptera  was  very  weakly  associated  with  the  rest 
of  Gorytini.  However,  they  kept  this  genus  (together  with 
Clitemnestra)  in  the  Gorytini,  as  the  most  basal  clade.  The 


close  association  of  Ochleroptera  with  Heliocausus,  sup- 
ported here  by  a  considerable  number  of  unambiguous 
synapomorphies  (see  branch  17),  seems  well  founded.  It 
is  interesting  to  note  that  males  of  some  species  of 
Clitemnestra,  a  group  closely  related  to  Ochleroptera,  exhibit 
derived  morphological  features  similar  to  those  typical  of 
Heliocausini  males,  as  for  example  eyes  large  and  strongly 
converging  above,  thorax  somewhat  spherical  and 
metasomal  sternum  II  with  a  strong,  keel-like  protuberance. 

The  close  relationship  found  here  between  Hoplisoides 
and  Didineis  in  the  implied  weighting  analysis  also  de- 
serves to  be  discussed.  Didineis  together  with  the  genus 
Alysson  has  traditionally  been  placed  in  a  separate  tribe 
(or  subfamily  depending  on  the  classification)  distinct  from 
the  rest  of  the  Bembicinae  (e.g.,  Evans  1966,  Bohart  and 
Menke  1976,  Krombein  1979,  1985),  and  usually  consid- 
ered a  somewhat  relictual  and  basal  group  (e.g.,  Evans 
1966,  Bohart  and  Menke  1976).  [More  recently  Krombein 
(1985)  described  a  new  genus,  Anahjsson,  from  Sri  Lanka; 
judging  from  the  diagnostic  characters,  recognition  of 
Anahjsson  probably  makes  Alysson  paraphyletic,  but  this 
needs  to  be  evaluated  by  a  phylogenetic  analysis.]  How- 
ever, I  suspect  that  the  often-assumed  plesiomorphic  ap- 
pearance of  the  species  in  this  group  is  in  reality  the  result 
of  several  derived  modifications  of  the  Gorytini 
groundplan.  The  absence  in  Alysson  and  Didineis  of  the 
"oblique  scutal  carina",  a  feature  whose  presence  is  heavily 
weighted  as  diagnostic  of  the  Bembicinae,  could  be  the 
result  of  an  elongation  and  narrowing  of  the  whole  body. 
Alysson  and  Didineis  resemble  four  genera,  Eogorytes  (not 
examined),  Lestiphorus,  Oryttus  and  Psaimnaletes,  assumed 
to  form  a  monophyletic  group  within  the  Gorytini 
(Nemkov  and  Lelej  1996),  especially  Lestiphorus.  The  spe- 
cies in  these  six  genera  have  in  common  females  with  elon- 
gated fore  legs,  in  which  the  fifth  tarsomere  and  arolia  are 
conspicuously  larger  than  those  of  the  other  legs,  long  an- 
tennae (in  particular  the  slender  and  long  basal 
flagellomeres)  and  no  mesepisternal  sulcus  (at  least  on  the 
upper  part  of  the  mesepisternum).  Future  phylogenetic 
studies  should  take  into  consideration  these  putative  rela- 
tionships. 

Crabroninae. — The  Crabroninae  (branch  10)  is  defined 
here  to  include  the  genera  Mellinus,  Dinetus,  Laphyragogus 
and  Xenosphex,  and  the  subfamilies  Crabroninae  and 
Larrinae  of  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976).  In  Bohart  and 
Menke's  classification  Mellinus  was  considered  the  basal 
lineage  of  their  Nyssoninae  (=  Bembicinae),  Dinetus  was 
in  their  Astatinae,  and  Laphyragogus  and  Xenosphex  had 
each  its  own  subfamily.  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  treated 
their  Larrinae  and  Crabroninae  as  separate  subfamilies  "for 
practical  considerations".  These  two  taxa  have  been  treated 
under  one  name  in  the  past  (e.g.,  Evans  1964a),  and  also  in 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


41 


more  recent  works  (e.g.,  Lomholdt  1985,  Menke  1988).  The 
valid  name  for  the  taxon  including  these  two  groups  is 
Crabroninae  [see  discussion  in  Menke  (1993)]. 

Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  suggested  that  the  genus 
Xenosphe.x  was  remotely,  but  most  closely,  related  to 
Mellinus.  However,  as  these  authors  themselves  acknowl- 
edged, their  list  of  similarities  between  Xenosphex  and 
Mellinus  involved  only  shared  plesiomorphies.  In 
Alexander's  (1992a)  study,  Xenosphex  shows  no  consistent 
association  with  any  other  taxon.  In  the  present  study, 
Xenosphex  always  came  out  as  one  of  the  basal  lineages  of 
the  Crabroninae.  This  position  is  supported  by  several 
unambiguous  changes  (see  branches  10-12),  among  them 
a  notch  on  the  outerventral  margin  of  the  mandible  (7-1), 
a  strong,  lamella-like  mesocoxal  carina  (71-2),  the  loss  of 
the  paired  expansions  on  the  posterior  wall  of  the  phar- 
ynx (13-0)  and  a  linear  forewing  costal  cell  (84-1).  The 
morphology  of  the  oral  plate,  with  the  lateral  arms  strongly 
converging  posteriorly,  is  also  found  only  among  mem- 
bers of  this  lineage.  The  peculiar  morphology,  in  compari- 
son to  the  more  distal  crabronines,  of  the  mesepisternum 
and  metepisternum  ventrally  in  Xenosphex  (medial  flap  of 
mesokatespisternum  narrow,  anterior  portion  of 
metepisternum  vertical  medially,  not  leveled  with 
mesepisternum)  seems  to  have  been  modified  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  enlargement  of  the  mesocoxa.  The  male  geni- 
talia has  a  generalized  morphology  (gonapophyses  not 
fused  dorsally  and  volsella  clearly  differentiated  from  the 
gonocoxites),  like  Dinetus  and  Mellinus,  and  unlike  the  dis- 
tal crabronines.  The  larva  of  Xenosphex  is  unknown,  but  I 
would  expect  it  to  have  a  ventral,  preapical  anus  (132-1), 
as  do  all  other  Crabroninae.  One  interesting  modification 
observed  in  the  metasoma  of  the  male  of  X.  timberlakei  (the 
only  male  of  Xenosphex  examined)  is  the  presence  of  lat- 
eral transverse  sulci  at  the  bases  of  T4-7  (each  lateral  sul- 
cus extends  almost  to  the  middle  of  the  tergum).  Exami- 
nation of  KOH-cleared  terga  VI  and  VII  showed  hundreds 
of  chitinous  ducts  associated  with  each  sulcus  (these  are 
probably  ducts  of  unicellular  epidermal  glands).  It  would 
be  worth  checking  to  see  if  males  of  the  other  two  species 
of  Xenosphex  also  possess  such  sulci. 

Laphyragogus  traditionally  has  been  considered  part  of 
the  Crabroninae  (e.g.,  Beaumont  1959),  but  Bohart  and 
Menke  (1976)  placed  it  in  its  own  subfamily  based  on  some 
wing  features,  the  relatively  generalized  male  genitalia, 
the  peculiar  mouthparts  and  the  morphology  of  the  tho- 
rax in  the  area  adjacent  to  the  midcoxae.  They  indicated  a 
somewhat  intermediate  position  between  their  Astatatinae 
and  Larrinae.  Except  for  the  specialized  mouthparts,  which 
probably  could  be  considered  autapomorphies,  the  remain- 
ing features  used  by  Bohart  and  Menke  do  seem  to  sug- 
gest exclusion  of  Laphyragogus  from  the  Crabroninae.  In 


the  present  analyses,  however,  Lapln/ragogus  is  unambigu- 
ously placed  in  the  Crabroninae  (see  branch  13).  Four 
synapomorphies  support  placement  of  Laphyragogus  as  the 
most  basal  branch  of  the  distal  crabronines  (based  on  opti- 
mizations shown  in  Fig.  1): 

(1)  male  mandibles  with  apical  tooth  only  (5-1); 

(2)  female  mandibles  with  a  subbasal  cleft  on  their  in- 
ner edge  (6-1); 

(3)  mid  tibia  with  one  spur  (73-1); 

(4)  gonapophyses  of  male  genitalia  completely  fused 
dorsally,  forming  a  tube  (129-1). 

The  subbasal  cleft  in  the  mandibles  of  females  (as  well 
as  in  males  in  some  groups)  is  present  in  several  distal 
crabronine  taxa  and  is  usually  associated  with  a  correspon- 
dent notch  (or  notches)  on  each  side  of  the  apical  margin 
of  the  clypeus  [see  e.g.,  Fig.  8  in  Lomholdt  (1985);  also  Fig. 
2  in  Pulawski  (1995)].  These  modifications  of  the  mandible 
are  known  to  occur  only  in  taxa  traditionally  considered 
as  members  of  the  Crabroninae  (among  the  taxa  repre- 
sented here,  the  inner  notch  is  present  in  Lyroda,  Palarus, 
Plenoculus  and  Anacrabro,  besides  Laphyragogus). 

The  condition  in  Laphyragogus  for  two  characters  ex- 
hibiting synapomorphic  change  in  branches  11  and  12,  re- 
spectively, can  be  considered  a  derived  divergence  from 
what  is  present  in  the  more  distal  crabronines:  (1)  the 
mesocoxal  carina  (Character  71)  is  not  particularly  strongly 
developed  as  in  most  distal  crabronines,  but  its  morphol- 
ogy is  somewhat  reminiscent  of  their  condition,  especially 
at  the  region  near  the  ventral  articulation  with  the  tro- 
chanter; (2)  the  relatively  broad  forewing  costal  cell  (char- 
acter 84)  could  be  considered  as  an  artifact  due  to  the  way 
the  character  states  were  defined,  because  in  Laphyragogus, 
the  vein  C  is  unusually  slender.  The  volsellae  (Character 
128),  although  clearly  differentiated  from  the  gonocoxites, 
seem  to  possess  an  intermediate  morphology  between  a 
more  generalized  condition,  as  found  in  Dinetus  and 
Xenosphex,  and  the  more  specialized  condition  found  in 
most  distal  crabronines,  because  they  are  largely  fused  to 
the  gonocoxites. 

Some  changes  considered  ambiguous  in  the  optimiza- 
tions can  be  taken  as  additional  evidence  supporting  place- 
ment of  Lapln/ragogus  in  the  Crabroninae.  The 
mesepisternal  sulcus  in  Lapln/ragogus  is  very  similar  to  that 
of  most  crabronines  (reaching  the  anterior  edge  of 
mesepisternum  away  from  the  body's  midline).  Although 
also  found  in  other  crabronid  subfamilies,  the  elongate 
mouthparts  and  the  putative  use  of  holometabolous  insects 
as  prey  (Lepidoptera;  see  Kazenas  1985)  suggest  crabronine 
taxa.  Indeed,  the  somewhat  specialized  galeal  comb, 
formed  by  numerous  short,  blunt  bristles,  is  reminiscent 
of  the  condition  present  in  Palarus.  Laphyragogus  seems  to 
represent  a  somewhat  relictual  and  specialized  lineage  that 


42 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


has  strongly  diverged  from  the  other  distal  crabronines,  a 
hypothesis  somehow  supported  by  its  possession  of  sev- 
eral unusual  features,  for  example  (Da  proepisternum  al- 
most completely  sunk  inside  the  pronotum,  (2)  a  strongly 
enlarged  occipital  area  and  a  correspondingly  reduced 
pronotal  collar,  (3)  enlarged  mouthparts,  in  particular  the 
broad  cardines,  (4)  broad  connection  between  the  meso- 
and  metasomata,  and  (5)  apically  expanded  basal 
tarsomeres  of  the  female  foreleg,  especially  the  basitarsus 
(such  modifications  of  the  tarsomeres  are  also  found  in 
most  species  of  Eremiasphecium,  probably  a  convergence 
due  to  nesting  in  sand,  because  these  expansions  bear  large 
rake  bristles). 

The  somewhat  heterogeneous  composition  proposed 
here  for  the  Crabroninae  might  be  seen  by  some  as  an  in- 
dication of  an  artificial,  rather  than  a  natural,  monophyl- 
etic  group,  especially  because  of  the  inclusion  of  several, 
highly  divergent  basal  lineages.  However,  except  perhaps 
for  Mellinus,  this  heterogeneous  composition  seems  rather 
an  indication  of  a  relatively  old  clade,  in  which  several  of 
its  basal  lineages  did  not  go  extinct.  This  pattern  seems 
also  to  support  a  basal  position  for  the  subfamily  as  a  whole 
within  the  Crabronidae. 

Pemphredoninae. — This  subfamily  (branch  19)  is  de- 
fined here  to  include  the  genera  Odontosphex  and 
Entomosericus,  and  the  tribes  Psenini  and  Pemphredonini 
of  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976),  except  for  their  Ammoplanina. 
Two  tribes  are  recognized:  Pemphredonini  (branch  21), 
which  corresponds  to  Bohart  and  Menke's  Pemphredonini 
without  their  Ammoplanina,  and  Psenini  (branch  22), 
which  includes  Odontosphex,  Entomosericus  and  Bohart  and 
Menke's  Psenini.  Each  one  of  these  two  clades  is  well-sup- 
ported in  most  analyses,  but  they  formed  together  a  mono- 
phyletic  clade  only  under  implied  weighting  and  under 
successive  weighting  (analysis  of  the  complete  data  ma- 
trix). Despite  this  relatively  weak  support,  I  opted  for  hav- 
ing both  clades  under  one  subfamily,  instead  of  treating 
each  as  a  separate  subfamily,  to  emphasize  their  probable 
sister-group  relationship  and  at  the  same  time,  to  avoid 
an  unnecessary  disruption  of  the  traditional  classification. 

The  following  synapomorphies  were  found  to  support 
unambiguously  the  monophyly  of  the  Pemphredoninae: 

(1)  apical  inflection  of  clypeus  joining  epistomal  ridge 
considerably  mesal  to  tentorial  pit  (15-2); 

(2)  occiput  with  periforaminal  depression  (35-1); 

(3)  well-defined  mesocoxal  carina  (71-1); 

The  last  character  can  barelv  be  considered  a  synapo- 
morphy  for  this  group,  because  presence  of  a  mesocoxal 
carina,  which  was  probably  well-defined  when  first  origi- 
nated, is  part  of  the  Apidae  (sensu  lato)  +  Crabronidae 
groundplan  (see  Character  70).  The  first  two  synapo- 
morphies seems  to  provide  the  strongest  evidence  for  the 


monophyly  of  this  group,  especially  the  periforaminal 
depression.  This  is  a  unique  structure  not  observed  in  other 
taxa  included  in  this  study. 

The  monophyly  of  the  tribe  Pemphredonini  is  sup- 
ported by  several  synapomorphies  (see  branch  21).  Two 
main  clades  where  found  within  this  tribe,  one  represented 
by  Spilomena  and  Arpactophilus  [branch  24;  the  subtribe 
Spilomenina  as  defined  in  Menke  (1989)]  and  the  other 
containing  the  subtribes  Stigmina,  as  redefined  in  Menke 
(1989)  and  Pemphredonina,  as  defined  in  Bohart  and 
Menke  (1976)  (branch  23).  The  monophyly  of  Spilomenina 
is  very  strongly  supported,  with  14  unambiguous  synapo- 
morphies listed  for  branch  24.  Some  of  these  changes,  how- 
ever, should  not  be  considered  part  of  the  subtribe 
groundplan,  because  they  are  not  present  in  some  of  its 
members  [e.g.,  a  group  of  species  restricted  to  Australia, 
with  only  one  described  species  (as  a  Spilomena;  see 
McCorquodale  and  Naumann  1988),  does  not  possess  silk 
glands  (Character  112;  see  Melo  1997)  and  has  a  pygidial 
plate  (Character  113);  these  conditions  seem  to  be 
plesiomorphies  for  this  group,  and  not  reversals  as  one 
could  suspect  (Melo,  in  prep.)].  The  clade  containing 
Stigmina  and  Pemphredonina  is  supported  by  fewer,  but 
strong  synapomorphies  as  well.  The  supposed  sister-group 
relationship  between  Stigmina  and  Spilomenina  suggested 
by  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976)  was  not  supported  by  the 
parsimony  analyses.  Stigmina  is  a  well-defined  monophyl- 
etic  group  [Parastigmus  +  Stigmus;  see  also  Finnamore 
(1995)],  whereas  only  two  synapomorphies  support  the 
monophyly  of  Pemphredonina. 

The  close  relationship  of  Odontosphex  and 
Entomosericus  to  Bohart  and  Menke's  Psenini  can  also  be 
considered  somewhat  surprising.  Odontosphex  was  in  the 
Philanthinae  and  Entomosericus  had  its  own  subfamily  in 
Bohart  and  Menke's  classification.  The  psenine  wasps  with 
their  metasomal  petiole  look  quite  distinct  from  the  more 
robust  and  non-petiolate  Odontosphex  and  Entomosericus. 
However,  they  share  several  derived  characters  (see 
synapomorphies  for  branch  22),  including  a  somewhat 
specialized  articulation  between  sterna  I  and  II  (Character 
110).  One  possible  subdivision  for  this  tribe  would  be  the 
recognition  of  three  subtribes,  the  basal  clade  Odon- 
tosphecina  (containing  only  Odontosphex)  and  the  sister 
subtribes  Entomosericina  (containing  only  Entomosericus) 
and  Psenina  (=  Psenini  of  Bohart  and  Menke's  classifica- 
tion). The  sister-group  relationship  between  Entomosericus 
and  Psenina,  as  well  as  the  monophyly  of  Psenina,  also 
are  well-supported  (see  branches  25  and  26,  respectively). 

Philanthinae. — The  Philanthinae  (branch  15)  was  re- 
cently redefined  by  Alexander  (1992a)  to  include  only  four 
of  the  six  tribes  attributed  to  it  by  Bohart  and  Menke  (1976). 
In  Alexander's  study,  the  affinities  of  the  two  excluded 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


43 


tribes,  Eremiasphecini  (containing  only  Eremiasphecium) 
and  Odontospheciiu  (containing  only  Odontosphex),  re- 
mained unsolved.  In  a  subsequent  paper,  Alexander 
(1992b)  analyzed  the  relationships  within  the  Philanthinae 
and  found  evidence  for  recognition  of  only  five  monophyl- 
etic  genera:  Philanthinus,  Philanthus  (including  Trachypus), 
Pseudoscolia,  Cerceris  (including  Eucerceris),  Clypeadon  and 
Aphilanthops. 


Alexander  (1992b)  indicated  that  the  only  reliable 
synapomorphy  for  the  Philanthinae  is  the  presence  of  a 
clypeal  brush  in  the  males.  Although  in  the  present  study 
representatives  of  only  two  genera  (Philanthus  and 
Aphilanthops)  were  included  and  no  effort  was  made  to 
evaluate  the  monophyly  of  this  subfamily,  the  unambigu- 
ous changes  shown  in  figure  2  for  the  branch  leading  to 
the  these  two  genera  (branch  15)  can  be  considered  as  pu- 
tative synapomorphies  for  the  Philanthinae. 


LITERATURE  CITED 


Ahrens,  L.  E.  1948.  [Solitary  wasps  Ammoplanus  handlirschi  Guss.,  an  ex- 
terminator of  Thysanoptera],  Entomologicheskoye  Obozreniye  30:88 
[in  Russian]. 

Alexander,  B.  A.  1992a.  An  exploratory  analysis  of  cladistic  relationships 
within  the  superfamily  Apoidea,  with  special  reference  to  sphecid 
wasps  (Hymenoptera).  Journal  of  Hymenoptera  Research  1:25-61. 

Alexander,  B.  A.  1992b.  Acladistic  analysis  of  the  subfamily  Philanthinae 
(Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Systematic  Entomology  17:91-108. 

Alexander,  B.  A.  and  C.  D.  Michener.  1995.  Phylogenetic  studies  of  the 
families  of  short-tongued  bees  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Univer- 
sity of  Kansas  Science  Bulletin  55(ll):377-424. 

Antropov,  A.  V.  and  V.  V.  Gorbatovsky  1992.  [Heterogyna  polita,  new  spe- 
cies (Hymenoptera,  Sphecidae):  the  first  representative  of  the  sub- 
family Heterogvnainae  in  the  fauna  of  the  USSR].  Byulleten' 
Moskovskogo  Obshchestva  Ispytatelei  Prirody  Otdel  Biologicheskii 
97:53-59  [in  Russian]. 

Argaman,  Q.  1986.  Taxonomy  of  Heterogynaidae  (Hymenoptera: 
Aculeata).  Israel  Journal  of  Entomology  19:7-12. 

Asis,  J.  D.,  S.  F.  Gayubo  and  J.  Tormos.  1993.  The  larva  of  Psenulus  schencki, 
with  some  remarks  on  the  larval  characters  of  Pemphredonini  (Hy- 
menoptera: Sphecidae:  Pemphredoninae).  Annales  de  la  Societe 
Entomologique  de  France  (N.S.)  29:55-60. 

Asis,  J.  D.,  S.  F.  Gayubo,  and  J.  Tormos.  1997a.  Description  of  the  mature 
larvae  of  several  species  of  Psenulus,  with  comments  on  larval  char- 
acters in  the  genus  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Annales  de  la  Societe 
Entomologique  de  France  (N.S.)  33:197-203. 

Asis,  J.  D.,  J.  Tormos  and  S.  F  Gayubo.  1997b.  Description  of  the  mature 
larva  of  the  wasp  Dinetus  pictus  with  phylogenetic  implications  for 
the  tribe  Dinetini  (Insecta:  Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Journal  of 
Zoology  242:179-183. 

Beaumont,  J.  de.  1959.  Le  genre  Laphyragogus  Kohl  (Hym.  Sphecid.).  Re- 
vue Suisse  de  Zoologie  66:723-734. 

Bohart,  R.  M.  and  E.  E.  Grissell.  1972.  Nesting  habits  and  larva  of  Pulverro 
monticola  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist 
48:145-149. 

Bohart,  R.  M.  and  A.  S.  Menke.  1976.  Sphecid  Wasps  of  the  World.  Uni- 
versity of  California  Press,  Berkeley. 

Brothers,  D.  J.  1975.  Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the  aculeate  Hy- 
menoptera, with  special  reference  to  Mutillidae.  University  of  Kan- 
sas Science  Bulletin  50(ll):483-648. 

Brothers,  D.  J.  and  J.  M.  Carpenter.  1993.  Phylogeny  of  Aculeata: 
Chrysidoidea  and  Vespoidea  (Hymenoptera).  Journal  of  Hy- 
menoptera Research  2:227-304. 

Carpenter,  J.  M.  1986.  Cladistics  of  the  Chrysidoidea  (Hymenoptera).  Jour- 
nal of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society  94:303-330. 

Carpenter,  J.  M.  1988.  Choosing  among  multiple  equally  parsimonious 
cladograms.  Cladistics  4:291-296. 

Danforth,  B.  N.  1989.  The  evolution  of  hymenopteran  wings:  the  impor- 
tance of  size.  Journal  of  Zoology  218:247-276. 

Day,  M.  C.  1984.  The  enigmatic  genus  Heterogyna  Nagy  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae;  Heterogyninae).  Systematic  Entomology  9:293-307. 

Day,  M.  C.  1985.  Redescription  of  Heterogyna  protea  Nagy  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae;  Heterogyninae).  Systematic  Entomology  10:125-128. 

Day,  M.  C.  1988.  Spider  Wasps  (Hymenoptera:  Pompihdae).  In  W.  R. 
Dooling  and  R.  R.  Askew  (eds.),  Handbooks  for  the  Identification 


of  British  Insects,  vol.  6,  Part  4.  Royal  Entomological  Society  of  Lon- 
don, London,  pp.  1-60. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1957.  Studies  on  the  larvae  of  digger  wasps  (Hymenoptera, 
Sphecidae).  Part  III:  Philanthinae,  Trypoxyloninae,  and  Crabroninae. 
Transactions  of  the  American  Entomological  Society  83:79-117. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1958.  Studies  on  the  larvae  of  digger  wasps  (Hymenoptera, 
Sphecidae).  Part  IV:  Astatinae,  Larrinae,  and  Pemphredoninae. 
Transactions  of  the  American  Entomological  Society  84:109-139. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1959a.  Studies  on  the  larvae  of  digger  wasps  (Hymenoptera, 
Sphecidae).  Part  V:  Conclusion.  Transactions  of  the  American  Ento- 
mological Society  85:137-191. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1959b.  The  larvae  of  the  Ampulicidae  (Hymenoptera).  Ento- 
mological News  70:57-61. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1964a.  The  classification  and  evolution  of  digger  wasps  as 
suggested  by  larval  characters  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecoidea).  Ento- 
mological News  75:225-237. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1964b.  Further  studies  on  the  larvae  of  digger  wasps  (Hy- 
menoptera: Sphecidae).  Transactions  of  the  American  Entomologi- 
cal Society  90:235-299. 

Evans,  H.  E.  1966.  The  Comparative  Ethology  and  Evolution  of  the  Sand 
Wasps.  Harvard  Univ.  Press,  Cambridge  (Massachusetts). 

Evans,  H.  E.  1971.  The  larva  of  Heliocausus  larroides  (Hymenoptera, 
Sphecidae).  Psyche  78:166-168. 

Evans,  H.  E.  and  C.  S.  Lin.  1956a.  Studies  on  the  larvae  of  digger  wasps 
(Hymenoptera,  Sphecidae).  Part  I:  Sphecinae.  Transactions  of  the 
American  Entomological  Society  81:131-153. 

Evans,  H.  E.  and  C.  S.  Lin.  1956b.  Studies  on  the  larvae  of  digger  wasps 
(Hymenoptera,  Sphecidae).  Part  II:  Nyssoninae.  Transactions  of  the 
American  Entomological  Society  82:35-66. 

Evans,  H.  E.,  D.  A.  Smith,  W.  W.  Middlekauff,  T.  Finlayson  and  R.  J. 
McGinley.  1987.  Order  Hymenoptera.  In  F  W.  Stehr  (ed.),  Immature 
Insects.  Kendal/Hunt  Publ.  Co.,  Dubuque,  pp.  597-710. 

Evans,  H.  E.  and  M.  J.  West-Eberhard.  1970.  The  Wasps.  University  of 
Michigan  Press,  Ann  Arbor. 

Farris,  J.  S.  1969.  A  successive  approximations  approach  to  character 
weighting.  Systematic  Zoology  18:374-385. 

Farris,  J.  S.  1983.  The  logical  basis  of  phylogenetic  analysis.  In  N.  I.  Platnick 
and  V.  A.  Funk  (eds.),  Advances  in  Cladistics,  vol.  2.  Columbia  Uni- 
versity Press,  New  York.  pp.  7-36. 

Farris,  J.  S.  1990.  Phenetics  in  camouflage.  Cladistics  6:91-100. 

Finnamore,  A.  T  1995.  Revision  of  the  world  genera  of  the  subtribe 
Stigmina  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea:  Sphecidae:  Pemphredoninae), 
Part  1.  Journal  of  Hymenoptera  Research  4:204-284. 

Finnamore,  A.  T.  and  C.  D.  Michener.  1993.  Superfamily  Apoidea.  In  H. 
Goulet  and  J.  T.  Huber  (eds.),  Hymenoptera  of  the  World:  An  Iden- 
tification Guide  to  Families.  Agriculture  Canada  Publications,  Ot- 
tawa, pp.  279-357. 

Gauld,  I.  D.  and  B.  Bolton.  1988.  The  Hymenoptera.  Oxford  Univ.  Press, 
Oxford. 

Gauld,  I.  D.  and  P.  E.  Hanson.  1995.  The  evolution,  classification  and 
identification  of  the  Hymenoptera.  In  P.  E.  Hanson  and  1.  D.  Gauld 
(eds.),  The  Hymenoptera  of  Costa  Rica.  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  Oxford, 
pp.  138-156. 

Gayubo,  S.  F,  J.  D.  Asis  and  J.  Tormos.  1992.  A  new  species  of  Palarus 
Latreille  from  Spain  with  a  comparative  study  on  nesting  behavior 


44 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


and  larvae  in  the  genus  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Annals  of  the 
Entomological  Society  of  America  85:26-33. 

Gibson,  G.  A.  P.  1993.  Groundplan  structure  and  homology  of  the  pleuron 
in  Hymenoptera  based  on  a  comparison  of  the  skeletomusculature 
of  Xyelidae  (Hymenoptera)  and  Raphidiidae  (Neuroptera).  Mem- 
oirs of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Canada  165:165-187. 

Gift,  N.  and  P.  F.  Stevens.  1997.  Vagaries  in  the  delimitation  of  character 
states  in  quantitative  variation — An  experimental  study.  System- 
atic Biology  46:112-125. 

Goloboff,  P.  A.  1993.  Estimating  character  weights  during  tree  search. 
Cladistics  9:83-91. 

Goloboff,  P.  A.  1997a.  Pee-Wee,  Version  2.8.  Computer  program  distrib- 
uted by  the  author,  New  York  (NY.). 

Goloboff,  P.  A.  1997b.  Nona,  Version  1.8.  Computer  program  distributed 
by  the  author,  New  York  (N.Y). 

Graybeal,  A.  1994.  Evaluating  the  phylogenetic  utility  of  genes:  a  search 
for  genes  informative  about  deep  divergences  among  vertebrates. 
Systematic  Biology  43:174-193. 

Griswold,  T,  F.  D.  Parker  and  P.  E.  Hanson.  1995.  The  bees  (Apidae).  In  P. 
E.  Hanson  and  I.  D.  Gauld  (eds.),  The  Hymenoptera  of  Costa  Rica. 
Oxford  Univ.  Press,  Oxford,  pp.  650-691 . 

Handlirsch,  A.  1906-1908.  Die  Fossilen  Insekten  und  die  Phylogenie  der 
Rezenten  Formen.  Wilhelm  Engelmann  Verlag,  Leipzig. 

Hanson,  P.  E.  and  I.  D.  Gauld.  1995.  The  Hymenoptera  of  Costa  Rica. 
Oxford  University  Press,  Oxford. 

Hennig,  W.  1966.  Phylogenetic  Systematics.  University  of  Illinois  Press, 
Urbana. 

Heraty,  J.  M.,  J.  B.  Woolley  and  D.  C.  Darling.  1994.  Phylogenetic  implica- 
tions of  the  mesofurca  and  mesopostnotum  in  Hymenoptera.  Jour- 
nal of  Hymenoptera  Research  3:241-277. 

Horovitz,  I.  and  A.  Meyer.  1995.  Systematics  of  New  World  monkeys 
(Platyrrhini,  Primates)  based  on  1 6S  mitochondrial  DNA  sequences: 
a  comparative  analysis  of  different  weighting  methods  in  cladistic 
analysis.  Molecular  Phylogenetics  and  Evolution  4:448^156. 

Houston,  T  F.  1975.  Nest,  behaviour  and  larvae  of  the  bee  Stenotritus 
pubescens  (Smith)  and  behaviour  of  some  related  species  (Hy- 
menoptera: Apoidea:  Stenotritinae).  Journal  of  the  Australian  Ento- 
mological Society  14:145-154. 

Iwata,  K.  1976.  Evolution  of  Instinct:  Comparative  Ethology  of  Hy- 
menoptera. Amerind  Publishing  Co.,  New  Delhi. 

Janvier,  H.  1928.  Recherches  biologiques  sur  les  predateurs  du  Chili. 
Annales  de  Sciences  Nafurelles  (Zoologie),  lOe.  Serie,  11:67-207. 

Janvier,  H.  1956.  Observations  sur  deux  predateurs  chasseurs 
d'homopteres  (Hym.  Sphegidae).  Annales  de  la  Societe 
Entomologique  de  France  124:195-208. 

Janvier,  H.  1962.  Recherches  sur  les  hymenopteres  nidifiants  aphidivores. 
IV  Le  genre  Diodontus  (Curtis).  Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles 
(Zoologie),  12e.  Serie,  4:489-516. 

Johnson,  N.  F.  1988.  Midcoxal  articulations  and  the  phylogeny  of  the  or- 
der Hymenoptera.  Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  America 
81:870-881. 

Kazenas,  V.  L.  1985.  The  prey  of  Laphyragogus  turanicus  Gussakovskij 
(Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Sphecos  10:17. 

Kazenas,  V  L.  1991.  [Anew  genus  Tnukumin  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae) 
from  Kazakhstan].  Zoologicheskii  Zhurnal  70:156-158  [in  Russian]. 

Kazenas,  V  L.  and  B.  A.  Alexander.  1993.  The  nest,  prey  and  larva  of 
Entomosericus  kaufmani  Radoszkowski  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae). 
Journal  of  Hymenoptera  Research  2:221-226. 

Kluge,  A.  G.  1998.  Sophisticated  falsification  and  research  cycles:  conse- 
quences for  differential  character  weighting  in  phylogenetic  sys- 
tematics. Zoologica  Scripta  26:349-360. 

Krombein,  K.  V.  1979.  Superfamily  Sphecoidea.  In  K.  V  Krombein,  P.  D. 
Hurd,  D.  R.  Smith  and  B.  D.  Burks  (eds.),  Catalog  of  Hymenoptera 
in  America  North  of  Mexico.  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Wash- 
ington, DC.  pp.  1573-1740. 

Krombein,  K.  V  1985.  Biosystematic  studies  of  Ceylonese  wasps,  XV:  A 
monograph  of  the  Alyssoninae,  Nyssoninae,  and  Gorytinae  (Hy- 
menoptera: Sphecoidea:  Nyssonidae).  Smithsonian  Contributions 
to  Zoology  414:1^3. 

Leclercq,  J.  1954.  Monographie  systematique,  phylogenetique  et 
zoogeographique  des  hymenopteres  crabroniens.  Lejeunia  Press, 


Liege. 

Lindley,  V  A.  1992.  A  new  procedure  for  handling  impervious  biological 
specimens.  Microscopy  Research  and  Technique  21:355-360. 

Lomholdt,  O.  1982.  On  the  origin  of  the  bees  (Hymenoptera:  Apidae, 
Sphecidae).  Entomologica  Scandinavica  13:185-190. 

Lomholdt,  O.  1985.  A  reclassification  of  the  larrine  tribes  with  a  revision 
of  the  Miscophini  of  southern  Africa  and  Madagascar  (Hy- 
menoptera: Sphecidae).  Entomologica  Scandinavica,  Supplement 
24:1-183. 

Maddison,  W.  P.  1993.  Missing  data  versus  missing  characters  in  phylo- 
genetic analysis.  Systematic  Biology  42:576-581. 

Maddison,  W.  P.  and  D.  R.  Maddison.  1996.  MacClade:  Analysis  of  Phy- 
logeny and  Character  Evolution,  Version  3.06.  Sinauer  Associates, 
Sunderland  (Massachusetts). 

Maneval,  H.  1939.  Notes  sur  les  hymenopteres  (6e.  serie).  Annales  de  la 
Societe  Entomologique  de  France  108:49-108. 

Marshakov,  V  G.  1976.  Digger  wasps  of  the  genera  Eremiasphecium  Kohl, 
Ammoplanus  Gir.,  Ammoplanops  Guss.  and  Anomiopteryx  Guss.  (Hy- 
menoptera, Sphecidae)  in  the  USSR  and  Mongolia.  Entomological 
Review  55:115-125. 

Matthews,  R.  W.  and  I.  D.  Naumann.  1 989.  Nesting  biology  and  taxonomy 
of  Arpactophilus  mimi,  a  new  species  of  social  sphecid  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae)  from  northern  Australia.  Australian  Journal  of  Zoology 
36:585-597. 

McCorquodale,  D.  B.  and  I.  D.  Naumann.  1988.  Anew  Australian  species 
of  communal  ground  nesting  wasp,  in  the  genus  Spilomena  Shuckard 
(Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae:  Pemphredoninae).  Journal  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Entomological  Society  27:221-231. 

McGinley,  R.  J.  1981.  Systematics  of  the  Colletidae  based  on  mature  lar- 
vae with  phenetic  analysis  of  apoid  larvae.  University  of  California 
Publications  in  Entomology  91:1-307. 

Melo,  G.  A.  R.  1997.  Silk  glands  in  adult  sphecid  wasps  (Hymenoptera, 
Sphecidae,  Pemphredoninae).  Journal  of  Hymenoptera  Research 
6:1-9. 

Menke,  A.  S.  1988.  Pison  in  the  New  World:  a  revision  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae:  Trypoxylini).  Contributions  of  the  American  Entomo- 
logical Institute  24(3):1-171. 

Menke,  A.  S.  1989.  Arpactophilus  reassessed,  with  three  bizarre  new  spe- 
cies from  New  Guinea  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae:  Pemphredoninae). 
Invertebrate  Taxonomy  2:737-747. 

Menke,  A.  S.  1993.  Crabroninae  vs  Larrinae  (Sphecidae).  Sphecos  26:6-7. 

Menke,  A.  S.  1996.  Neotropical  Mellinus:  a  review  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae).  Memoirs  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Washington 
17:125-141. 

Menke,  A.  S.  1997.  Family-group  names  in  Sphecidae  (Hymenoptera: 
Apoidea).  Journal  of  Hymenoptera  Research  6:243-255. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1944.  Comparative  external  morphology,  phylogeny,  and 
a  classification  of  the  bees  (Hymenoptera).  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  82(61:151-326. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1979.  Biogeography  of  bees.  Annals  of  the  Missouri  Bo- 
tanical Garden  66:277-347. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1981.  Comparative  morphology  of  the  middle  coxae  of 
Apoidea.  Journal  of  the  Kansas  Entomological  Society  54:319-326. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1986.  Family-group  names  among  bees.  Journal  of  the 
Kansas  Entomological  Society  59:219-234. 

Miiller,  H.  1872.  Anwendung  der  Darwinschen  Lehre  auf  Bienen. 
Verhandlungen  des  Naturhistorischen  Vereines  der  preussischen 
Rheinlande  und  Westphalens  29:  1-96. 

Nagy,  C.G.  1969.  A  new  taxon  of  the  family  Heterogynidae  Latreille  (Hym., 
Aculeata).  Entomologische  Mitteilungen  aus  Zoologischen  Museum 
Hamburg  64:7-12. 

Nemkov,  P.  G.  and  A.  S.  Lelej.  1996.  Phylogenetic  relationships  and  clas- 
sification of  the  digger  wasps  tribe  Gorytini  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae,  Nyssoninae).  Far  Eastern  Entomologist  37:1-14. 

Ohl,  M.  1996a.  Die  phylogenetischen  Beziehungen  der  Sphecinae  (Hy- 
menoptera: Apoidea:  "Sphecidae")  aufgrund  morphologischer 
Merkmale  des  Exoskellets.  Zoologische  Beitrage  (Neue  Folge)  37:3- 
40. 

Ohl,  M.  1996b.  The  phylogenetic  relationships  within  the  Neotropical 
Podiinae  with  special  reference  to  Podium  Fabricius  (Hymenoptera: 
Apoidea:  "Sphecidae").  Deutsche  entomologische  Zeitschrift  43:189-218. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


45 


Pinna,  M.  C.  C.  1991.  Concepts  and  tests  of  homology  in  the  cladistic 
paradigm.  Cladistics  7:367-394. 

Pulawski,  W.  J.  1992.  A  review  of  Eremiasphecium  Kohl,  1897  (Hy- 
menoptera:  Sphecidae).  Entomofauna  13:397-406. 

Pulawski,  W.  J.  1995.  The  wasp  genus  Gastrosericus  Spinola,  1839  (Hy- 
menoptera:  Sphecidae).  Memoirs  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences 18,  vi+173  pp. 

Roig-Alsina,  A.  and  C.  D.  Michener.  1993.  Studies  of  the  phylogeny  and 
classification  of  long-tongued  bees  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  Science  Bulletin  55(4):123-173. 

Ronquist,  F.  and  G.  Nordlander.  1989.  Skeletal  morphology  of  an  archaic 
cynipoid,  Ibalia  rufipes  (Hymenoptera:  Ibaliidae).  Entomologica 
Scandinavica  Supplements  33,  60p. 

Rozen,  J.  G.  1957.  External  morphological  description  of  the  larva  of 
Exomolopsis  chionura  Cockerell,  including  a  comparison  with  other 
anthophorids  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  Annals  of  the  Entomologi- 
cal Society  of  America  50:469-475. 

Rozen,  J.  G.  1984.  Comparative  nesting  biology  of  the  bee  tribe 
Exomalopsini  (Apoidea,  Anthophoridae).  American  Museum 
Novitates  2798:1-37. 

Rozen,  J.  G.  1993.  Nesting  biology  and  immature  stages  of  the  rophitine 
bees  (Halictidae)  with  notes  on  the  cleptoparasite  Biastes 
(Anthophoridae)  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea).  American  Museum 
Novitates  3066:1-28. 

Rozen,  J.  G.  and  R.  J.  McGinley.  1974.  Phylogeny  and  systematics  of 
Mellitidae  based  on  the  mature  larvae  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera, 
Apoidea).  American  Museum  Novitates  2545:1-31. 

Schuberth,  J.  and  K.  Schonitzer.  1993.  Vergleichende  Morphologie  der 
Fovea  facialis  und  der  Stirnseitendriise  bei  Apoidea  und  Sphecidae 
(Hymenoptera,  Aculeata).  Linzer  biologische  Beitrage  25:205-277. 

Sharkey,  M.  J.  and  D.  B.  Wahl.  1992.  Cladistics  of  the  Ichneumonoidea 
(Hymenoptera).  Journal  of  Hymenoptera  Research  1:15-24. 


Shuckard,  W.  E.  1837.  Essay  on  the  Indigenous  Fossorial  Hymenoptera. 
Shuckard,  London. 

Simon,  C,  F.  Frati,  A.  Beckenbach,  B.  Crespi,  H.  Liu  and  P.  Hook.  1994. 
Evolution,  weighting,  and  phylogenetic  utility  of  mitochondrial  gene 
sequences  and  a  compilation  of  conserved  polymerase  chain  reac- 
tion primers.  Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  America  87:651- 
701. 

Smith,  E.  L.  1970.  Evolutionary  morphology  of  the  external  insect  genita- 
lia. 2.  Hymenoptera.  Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  America 
63:1-27. 

Snodgrass,  R.  E.  1942.  The  skeleto-muscular  mechanisms  of  the  honey 
bee.  Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections  103  (2):1-120. 

Snodgrass,  R.  E.  1993.  Principles  of  Insect  Morphology.  Cornell  Univ. 
Press,  Ithaca.  [Reissue  of  1935  original  edition]. 

Stevens,  P.  F.  1991.  Character  states,  morphological  variation,  and  phylo- 
genetic analysis:  a  review.  Systematic  Botany  16:553-583. 

Swofford,  D.  D.  1999.  PAUP*.  Phylogenetic  Analysis  Using  Parsimony  (* 
and  Other  Methods).  Version  4.0.  Sinauer  Associates,  Sunderland 
(Massachusetts). 

Swofford,  D.  L.,  G.  J.  Olsen,  P.  J.  Waddell  and  D.  M.  Hillis.  1996.  Phyloge- 
netic Inference.  In  D.  M.  Hillis,  C.  Moritz  and  B.  K.  Mable  (eds.), 
Molecular  Systematics.  Sinauer,  Sunderland  (Massachusetts),  pp. 
407-514. 

Thiele,  K.  1993.  The  Holy  Grail  of  the  perfect  character:  the  cladistic  treat- 
ment of  morphometric  data.  Cladistics  9:275-304. 

Wiley,  E.  O.  1981 .  Phylogenetics.  Wiley  &  Sons,  New  York. 

Zelditch,  M.  L.,  W.  L.  Fink  and  D.  L.  Swiderski.  1995.  Morphometries, 
homology,  and  phylogenetics:  Quantified  characters  as 
synapomorphies.  Systematic  Biology  44:179-189. 


46  Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


Figs.  10-22.  10-Prementum  of  male  of  Mellinus  alpestris,  lateral  view.  ll.-Same,  female  of  Diodontus  rugosus.  12. -Same,  female  of  Mimesa 
cressoni.  13.-Clypeus  and  antennal  sockets  of  female  of  Stigmus  temporalis,  frontal  view.  14.-Same,  female  of  Arpactophilus  sp.  15.-Furcal  arms  of 
female  ol  Astata  nevadica,  dorsolateral  view;  abbreviations:  A  A  =  anterior  arm,  PA  =  posterior  arm.  16.-Same,  male  of  Pulverro  mescakro,  anterodorsal 
view.  17.-Second  phragma  of  male  of  Dolichurus  sp.,  lateral  view.  18.-Same,  female  of  Mimesa  cressoni;  abbreviation:  PP  =  pseudophragma.  19- 
Wings  of  Aphelotoma  rufiventris  showing  wing  venation  terminology.  20.-Forewing  of  Pulverro  mescalero.  21. -Same,  Timberlakcna  yucaipa.  22. -Same, 
Eremiasphecium  budrysi. 


Major  Lineages  ofApoidea 


47 


0.5  mm 


Figs.  23-24.  23. — Posterior  portion  of  mesosoma  of  female  of  Chlorion  aerarium, 
ventral  view;  abbreviations:  C  =  condyle  of  mesal  articulation  of  mid  coxa,  S  =  suture 
between  mesepisternum  and  metepisternum,  F  =  medial  flap  of  mesokatepisternum. 
24. — Same,  lateral  view;  abbreviations:  AMP  =  anteroventral  metapleural  pit,  HC  = 
hind  coxa. 


Figs.  25-28.  25. — Mesoscutum  of  male  of  Dolichurus  sp.,  lateral  view;  abbreviations:  SC  =  supra-alar  carina,  TR  = 
tegular  ridge;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  26. — Same,  male  of  Mimesa  cressoni;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  27. — Hind  coxa  of  male  of  Dolichurus 
sp.,  antero-ventral  view;  abbreviation:  S  =  socket  of  mesal  articulation;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  28. — Metasoma  of  male  of 
Dolichurus  sp.,  lateral  view;  note  modified  sternum  II  (S2);  scale  =  0.5  mm. 


48 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


Figs.  29-35.  29. — Paired  sacs  (S)  of  the  pharynx  (showed  attached  to  labio-maxillary  complex)  of  female  of 
Odontosphex  paradoxus  (specimen  cleared  in  KOH),  frontal  view;  scale  =  0.5  mm.  30. — Same  as  Fig.  29;  note  numerous 
acanthae  covering  sac  walls;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  31.-Section  of  head  of  female  of  Ammoplanus  sp.  (cfr.  apache)  showing 
pharyngeal  sacs  (S),  oblique  sectioning  (anterior  to  the  left);  scale  =  0.1  mm.  32. — Same  as  Fig.  31;  note  thick  epidermis 
(E)  forming  the  sac  wall  and  numerous  acanthae  occupying  lumen  (L);  scale  =  0.05  mm.  33. — Expansions  (E)  of  the 
upper  pharynx  of  female  of  Philanthtis  gibbosus  (material  preserved  in  Kahle's  fixative),  frontal  view;  note  also  pharyn- 
geal sacs  (S);  scale  =  0.5  mm.  34. — Internal  view  of  lower  frons,  clypeus,  and  labrum  (soft  tissues  and  most  of  tentorial 
arms  and  paramandibular  processes  removed)  of  female  of  Diodontus  flavitarsis;  abbreviations:  AI  =  apical  inflection  of 
clypeus,  TP  =  anterior  tentorial  pit;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  35. — Internal  view  of  lower  frons  and  clypeus  (soft  tissues  and 
most  of  tentorial  arms  removed)  of  female  of  Ochleroptera  bipunctata;  abbreviations:  AI  =  apical  inflection  of  clypeus, 
TP  =  anterior  tentorial  pit;  scale  =  0.3  mm. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


49 


Figs.  36-43.  36. — Ventral  internal  view  of  the  protruding  antennal  sclerite  (left)  of  female  of  PhUanthus  gibbosus; 
scape  (right)  still  attached  to  socket;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  37. — Sagital  section  of  head  of  female  of  Stigmus  americanus  show- 
ing the  protruding  antennal  sclerite  (AS);  base  of  scape  (S)  inserted  into  socket;  scale  =  0.1  mm.  38. — Base  of  antenna  of 
female  of  Diodontus  flavitarsis  showing  eccentric  insertion  of  the  pedicel  into  the  socket  at  the  apex  of  the  scape;  the 
central  portion  of  the  membrane  covering  the  socket  is  sclerotized  (S);  scale  =  0.3  mm.  39. — Head  of  male  of  Stignuis 
americanus  showing  the  distinctly  enlarged  frontal  facets  of  the  compound  eyes;  scale  =  0.5  mm.  40. — Head  of  female  of 
Diodontus  virginianus  (Rohwer),  frontal  view;  abbreviation:  FF  =  facial  fovea;  scale  =  0.5  mm.  41. — Same  as  Fig.  40. 
Close-up  view  of  the  elongate  and  shallow  facial  fovea  (FF);  scale  =  0. 1  mm.  42. — Vertex  of  female  of  Stigmus  americanus, 
dorsal  view;  abbreviations:  FF  =  facial  fovea,  SMF  =  secondary  micropore  field;  scale  =  0.1  mm.  43. — Close-up  view  of 
the  facial  fovea  of  female  of  Pidverro  mescalero,  frontal  view;  scale  =  0.02  mm. 


50 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


Figs.  44-50.  44. — Head  of  female  of  Passaloecus  monilicornis  Dahlbom,  posterior  view;  abbreviations:  PD  = 
periforaminal  depression,  PC  =  preoccipital  carina;  scale  =  0.5  mm.  45. — Pronotum  of  female  of  Passaloecus  monilicornis, 
dorsal  view;  abbreviation:  TC  =  transverse  carina;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  46. — Prothoracic  basisternum  of  female  of  Ckhrion 
aerarium,  ventral  view;  scale  =  0.5  mm.  47. — Prothoracic  episternum  of  female  of  Ochleroptera  bipunctata,  lateral  view; 
abbreviation:  LS  =  lateral  sulcus;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  48. — Internal  view  of  prothoracic  endosternum  of  male  of  Dolichurus 
sp.,  anterior  view;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  49. — Same,  male  of  Mimesa  cressoni;  abbreviation:  DP  =  divergent  plates;  scale  =  0.2 
mm.  50. — Same,  female  of  Didineis  texana;  scale  =  0.2  mm. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


51 


Figs.  51-58.  51. — Apex  of  fore  tibia  of  male  of  Mimosa  cressoni  showing  displaced  and  closed  spur  socket  (S);  scale 
=  0.2  mm.  52. — Internal  view  of  the  mesepisternum  of  female  of  Passaloecus  monilicomis;  abbreviation:  MR  =  mesepisternal 
ridge;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  53. — Thorax  of  female  of  Ammoplanus  sp.  (cfr.  apache),  ventral  view  (legs  removed,  except  for  left 
mid  coxa);  abbreviation:  MS  =  mesepisternal  sulcus;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  54. — Mesosoma  of  male  of  Stigmas  amoricanus, 
lateral  view  (legs  removed,  except  for  coxae);  abbreviation:  OS  =  omaular  sulcus,  scale  =  0.5  mm.  55. — Mid  coxa  of  male 
of  Mellinus  crabroneus  (Thunberg),  dorsolateral  view;  abbreviation:  C  =  midcoxal  carina;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  56. — Same, 
male  of  Mimosa  cressoni;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  57. — Same,  female  of  Plenoculns  davisi,  lateral  view;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  58. — Same, 
male  of  Dolichurus  sp.,  ventral  view;  scale  =  0.2  mm. 


52 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


Figs.  59-62.  59. — Posterior  portion  of  mesosoma  of  male  of  Dolichurus  sp.,  postero-ventral  view  (legs  removed); 
abbreviations:  S  =  suture  between  mesepisternum  and  metepisternum;  C  =  condyle  of  mesal  articulation  of  mid  coxa; 
scale  =  0.5  mm.  60. — Same,  male  of  Mimesa  cressoni;  scale  =  0.3  mm.  61. — Mesosoma  of  female  of  Stigmus  americanus, 
ventral  view  (legs  removed,  except  for  right  mid  coxa);  abbreviation:  C  =  condyle  of  mesal  articulation  of  mid  coxa; 
scale  =  0.5  mm.  62. — Posterior  portion  of  mesosoma  of  female  of  Pulverro  mescalero,  posteroventral  view  (legs  removed); 
abbreviations:  S  =  suture  between  mesepisternum  and  metepisternum;  C  =  condyle  of  mesal  articulation  of  mid  coxa; 
scale  =  0.3  mm. 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 


53 


Figs.  63-69.  63. — Hind  coxa  of  female  of  Pulverro  mescalero  showing  dorsal,  crest-like  lamella  (L),  inner  view; 
scale  =  0.1  mm.  64. — Same,  male  of  Mimesa  cressoni,  inner  view;  abbreviation:  UL  =  upper  lobe;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  65. — 
Hind  tibia  of  female  of  Pulverro  mescalero,  inner  view;  MF  =  micropore  held;  scale  =  0.1  mm.  66. — Same,  female  of 
Ammoplanus  sp.  (cfr.  apache);  scale  =  0.1  mm.  67. — Cross-section  of  hind  tibia  of  female  of  Ammoplanus  sp.  (cfr.  apache); 
abbreviations:  GE  =  glandular  epidermis,  MF  =  micropore  field;  scale  =  0.05  mm.  68. — Pterostigma  of  female  of  Stigmus 
americanus,  dorsal  view;  abbreviation:  MF  =  micropore  view;  scale  =  0.2  mm.  69. — Same  as  Fig.  68;  close-up  view  of 
micropore  field;  scale  =  0.05  mm. 


54 


Scientific  Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas 


'     * 


72 


73 


Figs.  70-75.  70. — Pterostigma  of  female  of  Stigmus  americanus,  ventral  view;  abbreviation:  MF  =  micropore  field; 
scale  =  0.2  mm.  71 . — Same  as  Fig.  70;  close-up  view  of  micropore  field;  scale  =  0.03  mm.  72. — Cross-section  of  pterostigma 
of  female  of  Stigmus  americanus  showing  the  distinctly  developed  epidermal  glands  (dorsal  and  ventral  glands);  scale 
=  0.1  mm.  73. — Same  as  Fig.  72;  close-up  view  of  glandular  tissue;  scale  =  0.05  mm.  74. — Cross-section  of  pterostigma 
of  female  of  Passaloecus  areolatus  (material  not  stained);  scale  =  0.05  mm.  75. — Close-up  view  of  micropores  (M)  form- 
ing a  diffuse  micropore  field  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  pterostigma  of  the  female  of  Diodontus  rugosus;  note  absence 
of  pores  on  upper  half  of  illustration;  scale  =  0.01  mm. 


QL566.S7   M3S    1999 

I'ln  log(  ml I, 

Harvard  MCZ  Library 


ucl    (Lis 


MDIUIi. 


3   2044   062   474   572 


Major  Lineages  of  Apoidea 

w 


55 


Figs.  76-82.  76. — Mesosoma  of  male  of  Mimesa  cressoni,  posterior  view;  note  deep  sulcus  (S)  separating  the  two  halves  of  the  propodeum;  scale 
=  0.3  mm.  77. — A.  Posterior  apex  of  sternum  I  of  male  of  Mimesa  cressoni,  dorsal  view;  SF  =  specialized  surface.  B.  Anterior  apex  of  sternum  II 
showing  specialized  portion  of  lateral  gradulus  (G),  ventral  view;  scales  =  0.1  mm.  78. — Anterior  apex  of  sternum  II  of  female  of  Diodontus  virginianus, 
ventral  view;  G  =  gradulus;  GL  =  glandular  integument  (contours  indicated  by  dotted  line);  scale  =  0.1  mm.  79. — Posterior  apex  of  sternum  VI  of 
female  of  Diodontus  virginianus,  ventral  view;  ML  =  medial  lohe;  scale  =  0.1  mm.  80. — Posterior  apex  of  metasoma  of  female  of  Pulverro  mescalero, 
ventral  view;  note  modified  apex  of  sternum  VI  (S6);  scale  =  0.1  mm.  81. — Same,  female  of  Ammoplanus  sp.  (cfr.  apaclie);  note  denticulate  apex  of 
sternum  VI  (S6);  scale  =  0.1  mm.  82. — Base  of  apical  projection  of  sternum  VIII  of  male  of  Stigmas  americanus,  lateral  view;  scale  =  0.02  mm. 


NATURAL 


The  Univer: 
with  Volume  1  i; 
papers  formerly 
Kansas  Natural 
berl996.  TheM 
tory  Museum  be 
ary  1996.  Monog 
initiated  in  1970 , 
sas  Science  Bulle 
ume55inl996.  1 
entitled  Scientific 
gun  with  Numbe 
outlet  for  longer  c 
are  subject  to  criti 
at  the  discretion  c 

The  publicatic 
ing  Microsoft  Wo 
printed  by  The  Ur 


DEMCO   INC    38-2931 

__y  „.  ..Uiua3  1 1 mting  services. 


OF  KANSAS 


istory,  beginning 

Shorter  research 

"he  University  of 

;r  180  in  Decem- 

isas  Natural  His- 

iber  68  in  Febru- 

v  Museum  were 

liversity  of  Kan- 

nnued  with  Vol- 

I  in  a  new  series 

y  of  Kansas,  be- 

i  continue  as  an 

Ml  manuscripts 

al  acceptance  is 


composed  us- 
tputer  and  are 


Institutional  libraries  interested  in  exchanging  publications  may  obtain  the  Sci- 
entific Papers,  Natural  History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas,  by  addressing 
the  Exchange  Librarian,  The  University  of  Kansas  Libraries,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66045- 
2800,  USA.  Available  back  issues  of  The  University  of  Kansas  Science  Bulletin  may 
be  purchased  from  the  Library  Sales  Section,  Retrieval  Services  Department,  The 
University  of  Kansas  Libraries,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66045-2800,  USA.  Available  is- 
sues of  former  publication  series,  Scientific  Papers,  and  Special  Publications  of  the 
Natural  History  Museum  can  be  purchased  from  the  Office  of  Publications,  Natu- 
ral History  Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66045-2454,  USA. 
Purchasing  information  can  be  obtained  by  calling  (785)  864-4450,  fax  (785)  864- 
5335,  or  e-mail  (kunhm@ukans.edu).  VISA  and  MasterCard  accepted;  include  ex- 
piration date. 


Series  Editor:  William  E.  Duellman 


Printed  by 

The  University  of  Kansas  Printing  Services 

Lawrence,  Kansas